#when others were dying in masses

[tinygenderfluid]

A fool. A charlatan. A republican.

#republicans questioning 'why do young people vote against us' and not thinking of: #active shooter threats #active shooter scenerios #active shooter drills #mega church culture #Trump's personality cult #and they're his cult personnel #abortion rights #queer rights #right to pricvacy #the pursuit of liberty #pursuit of happiness #pursuit of being a fucking humanbeing with the capability to think unhindered by the opinion by an ancient white man who thinks life peeked #when others were dying in masses #but those others weren't him so it was completely fine

[alllgator-blood]

I call this one "found family but it goes horribly wrong in an irreparable way" :)

I've been doing a lot of cotl comics but I kinda lost my comic making endurance after not working on art since last september, so I made this to help me flex my art muscles. Apologies for the watermarks lmao they kinda kill the mood but I've already had people repost my art when I put it on reddit so...might as well get the credit if my stuff is gonna be reposted regardless. RAMBLE INCOMING!!

Thinking about how shamura was most likely the one to find + raise their adopted siblings and help them survive the mass deicide that happened thousands of years before....OUUGH. I have so many ideas for comics that take place when half the bishops were still lil kids. I have one in progress right now actually. But it just hurts when I remember how it all ends- they loved their family for so long and yet they credit their love as what caused it to fall apart!!! The lore of the bishops only sunk in when I was dealing with my own heavy sibling angst, and I was like wow....shamura supported the sibs so much they accidentally encouraged their brother into being a heretic, and couldn't close pandora's box in time to save him or the rest of the family. They blame themself for the past 1,000 years and seem to be totally okay with dying for what they did?? Like when they get sent to the shadow realm they tell you to "finish the job" instead of leaving them in purgatory. And despite being the bishop of war, they are the only bishop to not have a "desperate" phase where their attacks get more brutal. They're not desperate, they just want to get it over with. All their other siblings are dead by then anyway so it's not like they have anything to stick around for, even if they were healthy enough to win the battle. Plus I mean...narinder is the bishop of death so they probably just want to see him one last time. Owch

Don't get me wrong I love to hate narinder and his only role in my cult is the guy who cleans the outhouse, but I really like his dynamic with shamura vs. the other siblings. I kinda see him as the troubled kid that couldn't assimilate into the family and shamura took it upon themself to try and fix him. It's interesting thinking about how they're the only one he shows remorse for despite feeling the most betrayed by them. I don't think he 100% hates them, he's just been locked in gay baby jail for so long he's had nothing better to think about than "my sibling encouraged me to experiment with my godly duties, and then punished me for it!!". He's not wrong? But also is shamura that wrong either??? Idk it's complicated with no real answer and I like it a lot, I wish the game told us more about what the bishops were like before they got their shit rocked during the schism. I would've loved to see shamura before their brain was turned to mush by their tbi + 1,000 years of suffocating grief and crushing guilt :)

ANYWAY thanks for making it to the bottom of this rant, here is a sketch I did a while ago of shamura + baby leshy from a prequel au thing I don't have a name for yet:

#cult of the lamb #comic #cotl #cotl bishops #shamura #kallamar #narinder #the one who waits #heket #leshy

[headspace-hotel]

Researching herbicide resistance in weeds.

A decade ago, everyone said rotating applications of different herbicides was key to stopping herbicide resistance.

Then, around 2015, evidence from a large study emerged saying that this actually causes weeds to be MORE resistant, so the best thing to do is to spray a combination of multiple herbicides mixed together at once.

Now that is being called into question too. Whoda thunk it...

Herbicide resistance among weeds is only getting stronger. Recently, scientists found an annual bluegrass (Poa annua) on a golf course that was resistant to seven herbicide modes of action at once. Seven. SEVEN. Amaranth plants been found with resistance to six herbicide modes of action at once. Twenty years ago, the narrative was that resistance to glyphosate (Roundup) was unlikely to become widespread; today it's the second-most common type of resistance.

What's more, plants are developing types of herbicide resistance that are effective against multiple herbicides at once and harder to detect. Instead of changing the chemical processes within them that are affected by the herbicides so the herbicides don't work as well, they're changing the way they absorb chemicals in the first place. Resistant plants are producing enzymes that detoxify the herbicides before they even enter the plants' cells.

It took Monsanto ten years to develop crop varieties resistant to Dicamba (after weeds made 'Roundup Ready' crops pointless). Palmer amaranth evolved Dicamba resistance in five years.

So I asked, "Why are all the proposed solutions dependent on using more herbicides, when we know damn well that this is going to do nothing but make the weeds evolve faster?"

The answer is that chemical companies have the world in a death grip. They can't make money off non-chemical solutions, so chemical solutions get all the funding, research, and outreach to farmers.

But why do chemical companies have so much power?

One of the biggest reasons is the U.S. military.

In the Vietnam war, all of Vietnam was sprayed with toxic herbicides like Agent Orange, which was incredibly toxic to humans and affected the Vietnamese population with horrible illnesses and birth defects. Monsanto, the company that made the herbicides, knew that it did this, but didn't tell anyone. The US government didn't admit that they'd poisoned humans on a mass scale until Vietnam veterans started dying and coming down with horrible illnesses, and even then, it took them 40 years. (My Papaw died at 60 because of that stuff.) And the soldiers weren't there for very long. As for the Vietnamese people, the soil and water where they live is contaminated.

Similarly, during the "war on drugs," the US military sprayed Roundup and other chemicals on fields to destroy coca plants and other plants used in the manufacturing of drugs. This killed a lot of crops that farmers needed to live, and caused major health problems in places such as Columbia. The US government said that people getting sick were lying and that Roundup was just as safe as table salt. (A statement that did not age well.)

So chemical companies make money off arming the USA military. The American lawn care industry, and the agricultural system, therefore originates in more than one way from the United States's war-mongering.

The other major way is described in this article (which I highly recommend), which describes how after WW2, chemical plants used for manufacturing explosives were changed into fertilizer producing plants, but chemical companies couldn't market all that fertilizer to farmers, so they invented the lawn care industry. No exaggeration, that's literally what happened.

This really changes my perspective on all the writings about fixing the agricultural system. The resources are biased towards the use of chemicals in agriculture because the companies are so powerful as to make outreach and research for non-chemical methods of agriculture really hard to fund. All the funding is in finding new ways to spray chemicals or spraying slightly different chemicals, because that's what you can actually get ahold of money to look into. It is like the research has to negotiate a truce with the chemical companies, suggesting only solutions that won't cause lower profits.

Meanwhile my respect for Amaranth is skyrocketing.

Who would win: The USA military-industrial complex or one leafy boi

#military industrial complex #plants #agriculture #environment

[yoongissilver]

I've been scrolling through Glass Onion posts for days and I've never seen someone else see Derol as a personification of the pandemic when he carRIES AROUND CORONA BEERS all the time??

He's always like "oh don't mind me, I'm not even here", showing how those rich people on their private islands loved to act like the pandemic isn't real just because in their little rich people world they were able to act like it's all just a figment of others' imagination while people were literally dying

But no, they're not doing anything bad, they're only meeting up with their 'closest friends' (like Birdie's party in the beginning of the movie), they're isolating themselves from the 'general masses' in their huge, luxurious mansions and on their private islands and then make a show of singing Imagine💀

Derol is the ghost of corona floating over everyone's head which those people on this billionaire's little island have the luxury of ignoring

#glass onion #glass onion: a knives out mystery

[harleehazbinfics]

A tainted dove.

hazbin hotel x devout!reader devout series

Note: i could expand this more but lmao it's already long as it is. react down below if you wanna see more!

You lived as a sister for the church in your past life. You always followed the rules, devoted yourself to praying and doing charity work. You enjoyed that kind of life that just helped people and feel appreciated for your services.

However, most people in the convent didn't seem pleased with you being such a "goodie two shoes" and "outshining" the other sisters, by things holy, even the Father seemed to dislike how well liked you were in the community that he sent you off to a far and remote place.

There was no electricity, a scheduled running water system and there was very little livestock from the extreme climate that most animals die before they reach their first spring. There was only one other person there in the church as well, he was a Father that helped and did services for this small community. He was too old and frail to do tasks outside the community but he had to do it since be was the only one that the people here could depend on.

You could see how extremely happy he was when he found you at his doorstep lending a hand in his mission.

You lived peacefully there with the Father and the villagers, attending mass, helping cultivate the land by going to the next town that you had to travel on foot to get to with how remote the terrain was, and just generally trying to make everyone be happy despite the unfortunate circumstances.

However, men came and destroyed the village, setting it ablaze. You hurriedly evacuated the people to hide and take them to the nearest village for help.

Unfortunately, you were caught and imprisoned by these men, and were defiled as you died by your injuries to resist them, ending futile.

•°•°•°•°

When you sat and looked at the crimson sky your broken wing made it unable for you to fly feeling very detached from yourself.

You did everything they asked, you became a very good sister until your dying breath only to end up here. Were you fed lies? Or, was this the fate you were already dealt?

Collapsing from the stress, you failed to notice a figure flying towards you, scooping you up and leaving with you to his castle.

When you finally woke up, you felt your wings be in better shape. You gave them a stretch holding them in your hands as you inspected them. They were red on the top and white underneath with gray swirls as a touch.

You were startled when you saw a blond male in a white suit and hat come to you. He gave you some soup with a wry smile.

You accepted his kind help feeling indebted to him for being the only generous person that you ever crossed paths with while being here in hell for a good while.

He introduced himself as the ruler of hell, Lucifer himself. This fact obviously shocked you. Lucifer was this short, dorky, kind man? It was quite hard to believe from all the scriptures you've read while you were alive.

He explains his backstory which you found quite pitiful and explained how he was surprised to find your existence here in hell when you should've been in heaven.

He promises to make things right with you, so he takes it upon himself to call his daughter, Charlie to help you. While he tries to deal with it.

When you get to the hotel, you were enamoured by the passion that Charlie had for her cause and felt like you needed to help her.

So, you worked with them for a month getting accustomed to life here. It was actually quite delightful being genuine friends with them. They often talked to you when they felt lost or frustrated or lost touch of themselves and their emotions. You didn't mind it, it was your life's work after all.

After getting closer and closer to everyone, Lucifer comes back and tells you that Heaven doesn't acknowledge the mistake that they made and that you were to stay here for the rest of eternity.

This deeply saddened you but you touched Lucifer's shoulder and smiled.

"Thank you for trying, Lucifer. It's fine! I've actually made friends here. And since you're here, why not join us? We're celebrating Angie's birthday!"

He smiled comforted as you walked with him to the banquet table served with various dishes.

The night ends happily. Despite being unhappy and failing to connect with other people to create deeper relationships on Earth. You felt more at peace here with these sinners than you've ever felt before.

#lucifer x reader #hazbin fotel fanfic #hazbin lucifer #hazbin hotel #hazbin alastor #hazbin angel dust #hazbin charlie #hazbin hotel x reader #alastor x reader #lucifer morningstar x reader #lucifer morningstar #lucifer #hazbin hotel lucifer #lucifer magne #lucifer hazbin hotel

[milswrites]

I'll Crawl Home to You

~ Azriel X Reader

Summary: After barely escaping his last mission, Azriel realizes he has one regret in life. Not telling you about the undying love which he held for you. His brush with death allowing him to realize that he can't live another day without you by his side, Azriel wastes no time in telling you exactly how he feels.

Warnings: Angst. Talks of death and injuries. Nice cute ending though :)

Azriel had always assumed that when the time came for death to greet him, he would welcome them like an old friend.

Gladly taking the specter's hand and allowing them to guide him to the afterlife, satisfied with the centuries of a blessed life he had been gifted by the Mother.

Azriel had never feared death. Instead he imagined that when the sweet embrace of darkness finally surrounded him, he would be able to rest at last. A mercy that he could finally be at peace, no worries crossing his mind as he knew that one day his brothers would also join him in whatever afterlife he was sent to.

Which is why he couldn't understand why he was panicking now as death's black cloak began to wrap around him. Rather than the warming comfort he had always imagined it would hold, the incoming blackness felt bitterly cold. Like his body had begun to freeze over like a lake in winter, the last dregs of his life being sucked from him.

Azriel found himself fighting back. His weak hand outstretched as he attempted to push away the approaching claws of death which were slowly advancing. Teeth grit together with effort as he tried to ward them off.

"No" the desperation in his hoarse voice was palpable, words catching in his throat as he flinched away from the foreboding figure of darkness. A painful spasm tearing through his body, originating from the wound on his chest where an unwelcome dagger had found its home.

"No i'm not ready yet please. Please don't take me . . . No please!"

His speech was slurred, vision dotted with masses of growing black spots. Yet Azriel didn't allow his hold on reality to slip for a single second. Not if it meant dying.

Not if it meant never seeing you again.

And so he resisted death's sweet siren song, too stubborn to allow himself to give in.

"I will not die today."

Azriel hissed the words through his pain. His fierce amber eyes meeting the cool sharp gaze of death's.

A gaze so intense that Azriel was sure it was enough to drive anyone to insanity. The well of darkness which swirled in death's icy orbs was never-ending. Azriel allowed himself to swim in them deeper and deeper, searching for a way to escape from their clutches. Following the glistening golden rope which shimmered enticingly, as though begging Azriel to take hold of it, promising that life would be at the other end of it.

It was agony. Sharp spikes of pain coursing through him as his limbs grew heaver and heavier the deeper he dived, skin beginning to burn and blister as a feverish sweat settled on his uncomfortable skin.

But Azriel didn't let up. Never lessening his grip on the golden rope. Allowing his memory of you to give him strength in the face of his adversity.

He never let go. Not even when death itself began to fight back.

Terrible visions of the horrors of his past appeared before him as he swam. Bubbles which contained the callous faces of his half-brothers floated by his face. Sinister smiles upon their lips as they stared at Azriel, deaths alluring voice slipping from their lips, "Come now Azriel, don't fight it. The rope leads to nothing. Let go. Close your eyes, I've got you. You can rest now."

Yet Azriel didn't look to the floating forms of his cruel brothers. He kept his stern gaze ahead, chasing after the end of the rope. Chasing after you.

It was almost as if you were there. If he squinted hard enough he could see your ethereal form at the end of the tunnel, a gentle hand held out for him to take.

It wasn't death. He knew that much. Your glowing figure radiated life, the promise of a future.

There at the end of the golden rope was you. Patiently waiting for him to greet you so you could return him to the land of the living. You were his salvation. You had come for him.

He allowed himself to become deaf to the enticing whispers of death. Continuing his pursuit forwards, towards you, leaving the dark memories of his past behind as he turned his full attention to swimming towards his future.

His scarred hand reaching out towards yours, the tips of his fingers brushing against your soft palm as he connected your hands. Entwining your fingers as he used the warmth you radiated as an anchor.

And then instead of darkness, there was only light.

~~~~~

Soft whispers stirred Azriel from his slumber. Through his closed eyelids, Azriel could see the sweet familiar orange glow of sunlight. The heat of which warmed his skin, energy flowing through his body as though the sun was replenishing his source. Enabling him to slowly flutter his eyes open, sight focusing on the blurred figure in the chair next to him.

Azriel rushed to sit up, Cassian's steady hands shooting out to stop his erratic movement, hushing the shadowsinger as he helped to rest him up against the pillows on the bed.

"Careful," Cassian grinned, pleased to see his brother awake, yet his smile did nothing to hide the concern which failed to leave his eyes, "you had us all worried for a moment there Az. We thought-" Cassian's voice broke as he swallowed back a cry, ". . . We thought we'd lot you."

"How did I get. . .? Y/N. She found me!"

Azriel struggled to put together the pieces of what happened after he was stabbed.

There was darkness, an impending sense of doom, and then a sudden burst of light. But there, somewhere in between his jumbled memories, Azriel had seen you. He was sure of it.

"Y/N?" Cassian questioned, brows furrowing in confusion as his concerned gaze swelled deeper, "They weren't there Az. You travelled here with your shadows. Gave me a fright, you appeared right in front of me covered in blood and barely breathing."

"No. . ." Azriel murmured, that couldn't have been right. He saw you. He was sure of it.

"They came to visit you a few times once Madja had you stable. Maybe you're thinking of that?" Cassian reasoned, trying to reassure himself more than Azriel, preying to the cauldron that his brother hadn't gone senile.

"Yeah" Azriel lied, flashing his brother a crooked smile to soothe his worries, "Yeah you're probably right."

No amount of convincing from his brother would allow Azriel to believe anything else other than the fact that you were there to save his life. To bring him home.

But if Cassian was somehow right . . . If you really hadn't been there. Then that meant Azriel had dreamt about you. This wasn't a new occurrence, there were many nights where Azriel welcomed the sweet embrace of sleep so only to see your smiling face in his dreams. Yet his mind, in what could have been his final moments alive, thought only of you.

Of your beauty and grace. Of your welcoming nature and the sense that in finding you, Azriel was home, even when death had came to claim his soul in the wilderness of Illyria.

He liked that. The knowledge that his home wasn't a place, but a person. That wherever he was, he need only to think of you and he can allow himself to be happy.

Though despite this realization, Azriel found that he couldn't be happy. Not when he had felt this strongly about you for years and had just almost died without confessing this to you.

Nausea crawled up his throat at the prospect that he had almost left this world without knowing if you felt the same way about him as he did you. Angry at himself for pining after you for so long and making no move to show you his the true nature of his emotions.

He had been a silent admirer. Yet Azriel found himself wanting to be silent no longer.

"Did you say they were here?" he rushed the words out, the intensity of his question causing the General to sit back in shock, "where are they now?"

"Uh, I think they went to their room for a bit. I told them I'd watch over you for a bit."

Azriel wasted no time in jumping up from underneath the covers. Having learnt firsthand how precious his time really was, he wouldn't allow himself to wait another second without telling you of his devotion.

So he ran, blind to the flash of pain which coursed from his still tender wound. Unable to feel the uncomfortable twinge in his chest due to the heavy pounding of his heart.

Azriel felt no nerves nor anxiety. He was driven by his need to speak to you. A confidence settling in his heart that this was right - that everything was happening the way it was supposed to.

Every step closer to your bedroom was a step closer to his home.

So consumed by his desire to see you, Azriel neglected to knock as he entered your room. Wild eyes searching your chambers until they finally landed on your shocked expression.

~~~~~

"Oh cauldron Az, you're alright!"

A cry of relief tore from your mouth, as you closed the distance between you and the male, gently throwing your arms around him, careful not to embrace him too tightly for fear of upsetting his wound.

But Azriel didn't care. Not when he had you in his arms. So he pulled you tighter and tighter to his chest, until he could feel the gentle beat of your heart alongside his own. Needing reassurance that you were real. That he really was alive.

Once you had basked in each other's presence for long enough you pulled away, hands clasping his biceps as you moved him back to allow yourself to cast your eyes over him, ensuring that the male was actually ok.

"Should you even be out of bed? Az you need to rest!"

You made to pull him towards your own bed so he could lie down, but Azriel stopped you, holding your hand tightly to prevent you from moving from where you were stood.

"I've rested long enough" he stated with a shake of his head, consuming gaze meeting your own.

"Azriel you almost died" you argued, amazed that the male was even standing.

"I think I did die" Azriel replied, his words being enough to silence you, silvery tears lining your eyes at the thought of you almost loosing the shadowsinger.

"I think" he repeated not wanting to confirm the words which he knew out of fear of upsetting you, "I saw them. Death. They wanted to take me but . . . I couldn't let them. So I fought back. I fought and fought until I saw you. You saved me Y/N."

"Me?" you gasped in disbelief. You had heard the tales of warriors who had narrowly escaped death, swearing that they had seen the gracious form of the Mother as they were brought back to life. Yet none of them ever claimed to see a person who was real.

"I wouldn't be here if it wasn't for you" he concluded. If it weren't for your captivating presence drawing him towards you Azriel would have drowned in the inky orbs of death.

"I couldn't" tears had now began to fall from Azriel's own eyes, silver pearls trailing down his cheeks, "I couldn't leave. Not without seeing you again. Not without saying goodbye. It's all I could think about."

A sob broke from your lips, amazed that Azriel's last thoughts before death were only of you.

"I didn't care how badly wounded I was" he spoke truthfully, hands still clinging onto yours as if they were a lifeline, "They could have stolen my wings. Taken my sanity. Broken my spirt. But none of that would have made a difference. None of that would stop me from crawling home to you. No amount of ropes and chains could hold me back, not when it meant seeing you on the other side."

It was impossible not to feel an overwhelming surge of love at the sincerity of his words. At the desperation which flooded in his eyes, begging you to believe him. Pleading for you to feel the same way.

"My love for you knows no bounds. Life or death, you are always with me, and I will never fail to find you" he promised. Certain that if he could conquer death with only the desire to be at your side, he would be able to fight anything.

"You did it Az" you beamed, hands dropping his only to come and rest on his dampened cheeks, "You came home to me. Our love transcends all worlds. Heaven, hell, purgatory, we'll find each other in every single one of them I promise. Because I am never letting you go again."

You couldn't. Not when you had already almost lost him. You would never lose Azriel again. Yet you could be happy with the thought, that if the situation were to ever happen again, that you could be his guiding beacon. Leading Azriel back to you. Leading him back home.

#acotar #fanfic #acotar imagine #sarah j maas #a court of thorns and roses #azriel x reader #azriel imagine #azriel #azriel oneshot #azriel shadowsinger #azriel acotar

[ilsanslut]

you said male reader and I appear

boo

anyway, I’d love for your fave blue lock boys getting spanked by male reader

and I disappear now

꒷♡꒷ HIT ME, BABY!

♰ featuring: kaiser michael. shidou ryusei. [blue lock + separate]

♰ note: when i saw this pop up in my ask box i JUMPED into my desk chair with the most devious laugh ever LIKEE the joker could never. anyway, here are my baby boys getting their asses handed to them, as well as my first-ever male!reader work. (honestly i might make this into a lil series because i literally love too many blue lock characters-) enjoy!

sypnosis: naughty boys deserve to get spankings. content/trigger warning(s): 18+. smut. masc/male-bodied!reader. dominant/top!reader. bratty bottoms. minor dub-con? (kaiser). forced masturabation (kaiser). spanking. one cock-stepping moment (shidou). masochism (shidou). ryusei has daddy issues. one-time usage of the word ‘daddy’ (shidou). hair-pulling. cursing. degradation. punishments w/ no actual penetration. ꒷꒦

MICHAEL KAISER.

There were numerous things that irritated you about your teammate Kaiser: his superiority complex, the way he talked down to others who he saw as inferior, his inhuman skill that rivaled some of our generation's greatest, and his ridiculously good looks. But you had no idea how you of all people had become his number one target on his shitlist. It began cordially enough—or as cordial as you could be when dealing with Kaiser—but things quickly devolved into vile territory. He would annoy you to no end, from bumping into you in the hallway to stealing your towels as you were getting out of the shower, to making patronizing comments about you during practice, and even enabling his lapdog Ness to steal the ball from you during what should have been obvious goals at your games.

He was always meticulous about his appearance, so you knew he was taking extra time in the shower to get rid of the hard work he had done today to make your life as miserable as possible. You headed for the showers, which were nearly empty, but for one in the middle, front and center, fit for an emperor, with the curtain closed and the water running. You heard the faintest tune hummed in German from behind the curtain, and, without warning, you fisted the curtain in your hand and snatched it open. Panic overcame Kaiser's handsome face as he saw you, his eyes widening in response to being leered at in his most vulnerable state. There was a fleeting look of fear in his eyes, but it was quickly replaced by a smug glare and a pinch of his eyebrows.

“R-Really, Y/N?” Even with the sneer in his tone, you could tell it was merely a ploy to cover up the tremble in his voice. “I didn’t take you for the perverted type who—”

You did not even wait for him to finish before stepping into the shower yourself, unconcerned about getting soaked while still fully clothed, and snatching the curtain closed behind you. Seeing the look of a silent fury twisting your features, Kaiser’s expression dropped. However, before he could attempt to make a break to safety, you were shoving him against the ceramic walls cheek-first while your body and sheer mass pinned him there from behind. He grunted, struggling against your overwhelming strength as your forearm pinned itself across his shoulder blades, firmly pinning him there.

“W-What are you doing?! Get off of m—”

You silenced him with a sharp swat to his, surprisingly, bubbly ass, the sound of the hit echoing off the walls around you two, and effectively quarreling whatever rebuttal he was about to spew your way.

“I’ve had enough of your shit, Kaiser.” You snarled, emphasizing your words with two well-placed smacks on both of his ass cheeks, making him yelp with each one. You held him taut, fisting the back of his dyed hair and pulling his head back until his ear was right next to your lips. Even then, you could see the faintest trace of horror and what looked like yearning in his wide, blue eyes. For what? You didn’t know, nor did you care, right now.

“You berate me on the field—”

SMACK.

“Thrownin’ off my obvious fuckin’ goals—”

SMACK.

“And stick your dumb little lapmutt onto me, just because you know you can’t devour me on your own—!”

SMACK. SMACK

Kaiser’s teeth were gritted as he tried to hold back his sharp grunts and ill-timed moans, but no sound could be hidden from your ears within the confines of the echoing chamber. You gave him the briefest moments of reprieve, groping his abused cheeks in your large palm as your hand shook with poorly contained malice. Your hand that was in his hair jerked his head back more, pulling him slightly off of the wall so that you could peer over his shoulder, only to confirm your suspicions that yes, Kaiser was hard, and yes he was getting off to this.

“Dirty bitch,” You snarled in his ear amidst your amused chuckle. “Are you really getting off to this? Getting your pretty lil’ cock hard over being spanked like a disobedient slut you are in the showers, huh?”

“O-Oh, fuck you, Y/N. I am not—AH~!”

Kaiser let out a high-pitched, sultry squeal as you gave him another well-earned smack on his ass, feeling the pleasure shoot through his veins and making his cock jump. His face was flushing red, just like his posterior, and it was not from the heat from the shower.

“Yeah?” You breathed haughtily in his ear. “Go on then, jerk your cock for me, baby. I know a desperate thing like you is just aching to cum all over these walls, aren’t you?”

His fists balled at his sides as his teeth gritted against one another, not wanting to give you the satisfaction of letting you have your way. You merely clicked your tongue at his behavior, releasing his grip on his hair to instead wrap your large palm around his throbbing shaft and pump him yourself instead.

Grasping at your shorts with one fist to maintain balance, he choked on his own groans, his knees weakening as his body shook against your powerful one. He twisted around in your grip, trying to struggle free from your sneaky fingers, but it was no use.

“Y-Y/N, you f-fucking, ngh! S-Stop that!” He spat half-heartedly, despite the fact that his hips were practically fucking themselves into your deft digits.

You didn’t respond to him verbally, instead giving him another smack on the ass, just to witness his hips jolt and his cock twitch in your palm, drawing a sadistic cackle from your lips.

“What kind of whore gets off on being spanked, huh? You some kind of masochist of somethin’, Micha’?”

He didn’t reply—he couldn’t reply. His vision blurred and his mind went numb from the pleasure of having his rival fist his cock and dominate him completely when he was at his most vulnerable. He looked so pretty like this, with his hues rolled behind his half-lidded lids, his jaw dropped and gaping to release a steady string of moans, a line of drool pooling from his lips while his cheeks flushed a deep red from the humiliation of it all—he was perfect.

His groans grew shrill, and, before you knew it, he was utilizing your body as a rock to stay upright while his legs trembled under him. In an instant, hot, thick ropes of sticky cum spewed from his throbbing shaft and over himself and the shower walls. His body convulsed in your hand as a barrage of obscenities and things you could not make out in German fell from his lips. You laughed at him, cackled at his humiliation, the exact same way he would do to you when he would knock you down.

You didn’t stop there. You continued to pump his cock until he was well into overstimulation and fighting to escape your grasp. He eventually triumphed over you with a forceful shove, sending you reeling a few paces behind him as his weakness caused him to fall to the ground. There on his knees, he gazed up at you, his lips parted and panting, his semi-hard cock twitching languidly against his thigh, his pupils blown wide. He was a beautiful wreck, and it was all your fault.

“Yeah, nah.” You huffed, observing how his unfocused eyes suddenly widened and his lips drew in a sharp gasp as he watched you reach into your shorts with a near-feral grin on your face.

“I’m not finished with you, yet.”

RYUSEI SHIDOU

You know what happens when you feed a gremlin after midnight? That was Ryusei, except every day and 24/7. So much so that he was frequently a well-deserved victim of Blue Lock’s “Anti-Riot” electric shock. Today was one of those instances where, once again, Ryusei and Rin couldn’t see eye-to-eye on the field, leading to the two getting into a physical altercation initiated by the former. This time, they both were electrocuted, but instead of having additional staff handle Ryusei, you effortlessly scooped the male up and over your shoulder, walking off of the practice field with him. No one else on PXG dared to question it, not even Julian Loki, who just watched on with a heavy sigh and a shake of his head.

You made your way to the locker room, kicking the door open with your foot before setting Ryusei’s semi-conscious and lethargic form down on one of the benches against a set of lockers. Picking up a stray water bottle, you aimed the nozzle at your boyfriend before squeezing mercilessly, allowing a continuous spray of water to pelt against the blonde’s face. He gasped and spluttered as he awoke with a start, using his coughs to try and resist your water assault.

“Y/N?! W-What the hell is your problem? Cut that shit out!” He all but snarled at you, spitting some of the water out of his mouth.

Releasing your grip on the bottle, you stared at him impassively, thoroughly unamused by both his behavior and his language. Using the collar of his shirt to wipe his face, Ryusei took a moment to get his bearings and realized that the two of you were in the locker room and not on the field.

“. . . What happe—”

“You know exactly what the fuck happened, Ryusei.” Your sharp tone cut him off, your eyes narrowing on his now-widened fuschia ones. He looked a bit taken aback by your tone, but as he took in your demeanor and the way you were sitting with your elbows on your knees while glowering at him through your lashes, he understood that you were pissed at him.

“We talked about this, Ryu. It doesn’t matter how pissed off you get, you can’t just start swinging on your teammates whenever they annoy you!” You berated him, standing up now as you threaded your hands through your hair in exasperation.

All the while, your boyfriend sat there, scratching at his ear with his pinky and blowing off the excess nonchalantly as though you were boring him.

“Jeez, this is why you brought me here? You’re starting to sound like my old man.”

You paused, hands dropping by your sides as you felt a vein pulsating just above your eyebrow.

Is he serious right now?

Ryusei stood up abruptly, thrusting his hands into his pockets and assuming his usual slouching stance. His lips were pulled into a frown, and his expression was uninterested, as if he couldn’t care less about what you were saying right now.

Taking a step closer to you, he would say, “Y’know, lecturing me isn’t going to do either of us any good, babe. I’m going to continue to do my own thing, and you’re going to continue doing yours. There is no need to waste any of our breaths.” A sly, joker-like grin formed on his face, a hand leaving his pocket to rise to your face, rudely flicking a strand of hair above your eye, “Kapeesh?”

You were silent, fists balled by your sides, as you resisted the urge to strangle the forward where he stood. Taking your silence as compliance, Ryusei rolled his eyes and began to stroll out of the locker room, done with the conversation. That is, if you had not prevented his departure by lunging your fist forward and balling up the back of his shirt from behind. On instinct, the blonde whipped around with the intention of landing one of his infamous kicks on the side of your head, which you easily countered by grabbing the front of his shirt in one hand and his face in the other and slammed him down onto the floor.

Like a hyena trapped in a poacher's net, he struggled fiercely beneath you, hissing, spitting, biting, and snarling at you. But you persisted in your silence, pressing harder with your hand on his jaw until you were forcefully smushing his cheek against the ground, forcing him to finally submit under your brute strength. The two of you lay there for a while, Ryusei panting heavily beneath you and you glowering him down with every inch of your being, before it was you who broke the silence.

“I’m sick of your shit, Ryusei.” For emphasis, you pressed down harder on his face, relishing in the whimper that emitted from his lips while you did so. “Talking about how I ‘sound like your old man’, well, maybe I should act like him and knock some fuckin’ sense into you, huh?”

Ryusei’s eyes flashed for a brief moment, full of indignation and trepidation, but you were unyielding.

“ . . . Do it, pus—”

You didn’t hesitate to give him a quick pop on the mouth to shut him up, much to his astonishment. Before he could react, you captured fistfuls of his spiked locks in your hand, dragging him over to the benches until you could sit down and lug your 185cm boyfriend over your muscular thighs. As the reality of the situation began to settle in on him, he immediately began to struggle as a slew of curses spat from his scowling brims. However, you quickly subdued him by pinning the wrist that was farthest from you behind his back and your own leg over the back of his calves, preventing him from moving anywhere.

“Y-Y/N, you can’t be serious!”

And you were. Without a word to him, your dominant hand rose into the air before delivering a swift swat to his rear. You didn’t hold back either, knowing that with his blue lock body suit and practice uniform on, the blow was well-cushioned. Ryusei lurched on your lap, his free hand dragging his blunt nails against the bench with a startled cry. His jaw clenched, extending his free arm as far as it could go before bringing it back unforgivingly to jab it into your side.

“Let me go, you fucking sadistic bastard!”

Sadistic, huh? You seized the top of his shorts and the bottom of his bodysuit in one swift motion, yanking them down his toned thighs to expose his equally caramlized cheeks. You struck his cheeks with a series of enraged blows, striking each one with a hard spank from your thick, callused hands. In an instant, his ass was turning a vivid red, and instead of attempting to resist you, he was concentrating on preparing for each of your relentless blows. However, your pace was unpredictable. Some swats were fast and in rapid succession of the latter, while others were slow and calculated, almost as though you were trying to soothe the skin in between hits. It was abundantly evident that you were trying to teach him a lesson and venting your anger toward him. Aside from the occasional grunt or whimper from your now-silent boyfriend, this was the quietest you had heard him all week.

You gave your boyfriend a moment of respite, making sure he had not fainted on your lap. You massaged his sore ass in your palm while releasing his limp arm to grab his hair and pull his head back so you could look him in the eye.

Ryusei's normally keen eyes were now unfocused and brimming with tears, rolling into the back of his head; his cheeks were flushed a fierce red, smeared with the few tears that had escaped his eyes; and his pink lips were parted, gasping as strands of crystalline drool pooled over his bottom lip.

You had ruined him.

“Oh, Ryusei. . .” You cooed mockingly, bringing both of your hands to his face to cup his cheeks gently. As you gently shook his face back and forth to get him to focus on you, he sank to his knees between your thighs. “C’mon, pretty boy. Stay w’me.”

It took a moment, but you could finally see the life resorting in his fuschia hues, just as you felt something sticky on your calf. Glancing past the ruined face of your boyfriend, you discovered that his slender cock was hard and pulsating, its red tip drooling with pre as it adhered to your leg and soaked a tiny puddle in the material of your bodysuit. Poor mutt. He had been so turned on by this that he nearly came right into your lap, and you hadn’t even realized it.

Then it hit you. That’s why he had gone quiet—not because he was focusing on prepping himself for your swats, but because he was focusing on trying not to cum.

“Aren’t you just pathetic, Ryu? Nuthin’ more than a dumb painslut who only thinks about fighting and getting a nut off.”

His brows furrowed from your degrading words, but he couldn’t help the way his cock jumped against your calf from having you be so, so mean to him.

“You wanna get off? Wanna cum all over your pretty self, hm?”

He gave a desperate nod, babbling out whatever few unintelligible words his stupid mind could manage, but they seemed to be in needy plea to cum. With a maniacal smile on your face, you violently wrenched your partner away from you while he looked up at you with those wide, desire-filled eyes.

“Y-Yes, fuck. Y/N please. .”

You silently moved your leg between his knees, pressing the top of your cleats against his balls, observing as he practically doubled-over your leg with a high-pitched whine, his cheek pressed against your knee as his arms wrapped around your calf. Already, his thighs were quivering around your foot as he tried not to cum right then and there from the stimulation.

“Fuck yourself on my shoe, Ryusei.” You demanded, watching as he gawked at you incredulously, but your expression was unchanging. “You wanna cum, don’t you?” You quipped, folding your arms over your chest and quirking an eyebrow at him, to which he nodded desperately once more. “Then hump my leg like the dirty mutt you are.”

With a muffled groan, he did as you demanded of him, albeit with a slight bit of hesitation. He made sure he was situated well enough, the underside of his cock pressed up against your laces as he gave a few testing thrusts of his hips, each one brushing against your shin every time. He gradually increased his speed before descending into complete degeneracy. Desperate to chase his release that had been building over time, he was fucking himself against your leg while huffing, panting, grunting, and groaning. Your partner, possessed by his untamed desire, was drooling over your thigh while you watched from above. Your own cock twitched in your shorts as you admired the already fucked-out and near pornographic expression on his face.

Aiding the little masochist further, you leaned over him to place yet another swat against his reddened ass, causing a cry of pleasure and pain to emit from his lips and his hips to sputter against you.

“You like being spanked like this, don’t you, painslut?” You growled into his ear, causing a high-pitched whine to sound from his drooling brims.

“Y-Yes! Yes! Hit me more! Ngh, p-please, Daddy!”

You hissed, your cock straining against the tight confines of the bodysuit you were trapped in, but you did not touch yourself just yet. This was about Ryusei, not you, after all.

“Yeah? Gonna make a mess over Daddy’s leg? Gonna cum all over his cleats? Hm, baby?”

“Hah, sh-shit! Yes, yes, yes! I-I’m gonna—mm’fuck~! C-Cum!”

A sadistic grin arose on your features, swatting another well-placed smack on his ass before leaning back on the bench, glowering down at Ryusei from over your nose. His fucked-out gaze could barely meet your own as the movement of his hips grew sloppy and his thighs quivered around your leg from the way you looked at him. He huffed, panting and drooling against your thigh as a slew of curses escaped his lips—he was close.

However, before he could enjoy the sweet, sweet euphoria of finally reaching his high, your hand threaded itself into his locks, peeled him off of you, and pushed him back into an opposing bench behind him. Ryusei gawked at you, utterly dumbfounded, as he slouched back against the bench, processing what had just happened. His cock, which was an angry red and throbbing, twitched against his thigh, thoroughly messy with pre. It took a moment, but his surprise soon gave way to frustration, and his face twisted with rage. Did you really just deny him?

“Y-Y/N, what the fu—”

“—Did you seriously think that you deserved to cum after the shit you pulled both on the field and in here, huh, Ryusei? Oh, don’t tell me you forgot that this was a punishment, babe.”

At your faux pout and mocking tone, he went silent, his face burning with indignation as his lips pressed themselves into a thin line. His eyes, despite being clouded by desire, had the faintest hints of vexation and desperation in them, which you picked up on. You rose to your feet, laughing at Ryusei's angrily pleading gaze, still desperate for his release but enraged that you refused to give it to him.

You bent over at the waist, grabbing his jaw in your palm, forcing your heated gazes to meet.

“Clean yourself up and get your ass back on that field, Ryu—and don’t you dare touch yourself, got it?”

Ryusei did not say anything in response; he just stared at you with that same disgruntled expression on his pretty face. Before long, he nodded, albeit not without the faintest of pouts appearing on his lips as he did so. You leaned in and gave his disheveled brims a quick peck before straightening up once more.

“Good. Now, hurry up,” You ordered as you began to make your way out of the locker room, however, not without casting a salacious stare over your shoulder in his direction. He was watching you go with his fists balled at his sides, his eyes begging for you to come back and let you finish. You didn’t.

“Don’t you worry your pretty lil’ head, Ryu. I’m dealing with you once practice is over.”

ⓒ vampiie 2023 — all rights reserved. please do not repost my work outside of tumblr, modify, or translate my work in any form/means. please do not share my work to tiktok or any other site.

#blue lock #blue lock smut #bllk smut #bllk imagines #ryusei shidou #michael kaiser #michael kaiser smut #shidou smut #ryusei shidou smut #blue lock x male reader #bllk x male reader #i suck at writing endings pls god dont perceive me #vampiiebitez #blue lock imagines #blue lock x reader

[clockwayswrites]

A Broken Sort of Normal, Part 17

WC:1471 Masterpost CW: must distress continues

“Danny!”

Danny had just—

Somehow he had—

Danny is falling.

Wally makes it in time to catch him. He goes from blocks away to having Danny in his arms in an instant. Gently, so gently, he holds Danny and lowers them to the ground, next to the heart that Danny had ripped out of the leader’s chest.

“Wally,” Danny rasps. His voice is weaker than Wally has ever heard it. It’s like some twisted imitation of how Danny sounds when he wakes up in the morning, voice rough with the remnants of sleep. Danny is even smiling the same, soft smile.

“Medic!” Wally screams. Hands shaking, he clutches at Danny’s chest. He can feel Danny’s breath stuttering under his trembling fingers. “I need a medic!”

Danny’s fingers wrap weakly around Wally’s. They feel so cold.

Wally stuffs the sob back into his throat. “Thought I told you to stay safe.”

He did, too. Before they split up at the Watchtower to Zeta down to their respective locations, Wally had pulled Danny to the side and rested their foreheads together. He had told Danny this was a big one and that he needed Danny to stay safe before kissing him goodbye.

“Sorry,” Danny murmurs. His eyes are glassy now.

Wally doesn’t think Danny even sees him anymore.

This isn’t how it’s supposed to go. They’re supposed to get married. Buy one of those row houses Danny is always looking at. Have mornings and nights and years together. They’re supposed to have tomorrow.

“Sorry.”

“It’s okay, babe,” Wally says, sniffling, trying desperately to smile for Danny. “I love you no matter what.”

“Love you too. Had to…”

Wally hushes him, softly, gently. He doesn’t want Danny to spend his last breaths on excuses. Wally leans down and presses their lips together.

Danny’s lips are so cold.

“I love you so much.”

Foreheads resting together, Wally twists his grip so that he can feel Danny’s pulse. The heartbeats are unsteady under his fingers. Unconsciously, Wally starts counting them as his mouth runs without his permission or thought, just affirmation after affirmation about how much he loves Danny. He doesn’t want Danny to die without feeling loved.

He doesn’t—

There’s a feeling, suddenly, like when a plane pressurizes or an elevator drops and both of their breaths stutter. Then it pops.

The world is lit in a green glow.

Danny arches with a gasp.

Wally clutches Danny protectively to his chest and looks up.

A glowing, slowly twisting orb of green floats above them. A wisp trails from Danny’s chest up to the mass. Above it, hands splayed on either side of the ball, is floating a woman with green skin, black hair, and red eyes that look at Danny with a hungry sort of malice that makes Wally want to lunge at her.

And then she starts laughing. The sound blends with the melodic noise as the coins on her outfit shake with her laughter. “Oh, Phantom. I was starting to think that you would actually manage.”

She reaches her hand over the orb, fingers sinking into it to pull herself forward. Danny jerks in Wally’s arms.

“Seven years. You made me wait seven years. I didn’t think you had it in you, Phantom. I was sure when you made that wish, that foolish, stupid, wonderful wish that you’d trip up within a week. But you didn’t! You made me wait seven years!” The ground shakes with her scream. She clears her throat and smooths down her outfit, making sure that the skirt lay right over her genie-like tail. “But it doesn’t matter. You did it now and all the others can stop hounding me for their slice of your power for helping with this plan. And of all things you did it for love. You always were weak, Phantom.”

“Who are you?” Wally snarls, trying to tuck Danny closer to him, as if it is possible to do so.

The woman looks down at Wally, arching a brow before her purple lips form into a razor sharp smirk. “I am Desiree and I should thank you. How does it feel, to know that you killed your lover?”

Wally’s heart skips a beat.

“That he’s dying in your arms because he couldn’t stand to lose you? That he's going to make you live with that pain instead? Don’t you wish that it could be different?”

Wally does. He doesn’t want to lose Danny. He doesn’t want the world to lose Danny. He wishes—

The air compresses again. Another pop. A flash of yellow light.

“Thought we were fighting aliens, not ghosts and djinn?” a tired British voice asks.

Wally twists around to see a battered, bloodied, and bruised Constantine and Zatanna standing on the edge of the crater.

“Help him!” screams Wally. His voice cracks around the plea.

The Dark team takes in the scene, eyes darting from Danny to the orb to the— to Desiree. John’s face darkens quickly. “Well that has to be fucking dealt with.”

“Oh, you’ll deal with me?” scoffs Desiree. “Do you know who I am? Do you know what I have?”

Desiree pulls herself across the orb again, sinking her clawed fingers into it. Danny twitches in Wally’s arms with each stab. The green seeps up from it like punctured air and wraps itself around Desiree’s neck.

“No matter, I can absorb some of his power now to deal with you rats!” Desiree screams. She plunges her arms into the orb. The green flashes blindingly bright. The wisps grow. The tendrils tighten.

Danny lets out a weak breath of air, like it was the last in his lungs.

“Constantine!” Wally begs.

The green light ripples and pulses. Wally looks up, trying to shield Danny from it. It’s like Desiree is drinking it in.

Constantine and Zatanna are talking. Wally can’t hear what they’re saying. He can’t hear Desiree laughing even though he knows she is. He can’t hear the chant Zatanna calls out. All Wally can hear is the fragile, rattling breaths from Danny.

When the breaths stop, it’s like Wally’s world goes silent.

And then it explodes in green.

Wally covers Danny’s body with his own, holding tight as the light and wind rips past them. When it settles, Wally pulls back. The djinn is gone.

Danny is silent.

“John, he’s not breathing!” Wally shouts.

“Zap him!” John shouts back. He’s scrambling down the edge of the crater, rushing into the cloud of green that’s settled in it. Wally loses sight of him. “Zap him!”

Wally’s never done that.

He’s never tried to call on the electricity outside of a battle. He’s only just gotten a handle on moderating its power. He can’t—

But Danny is dead in his arms. Breaths silent. Heart silent. Dead.

Wally’s hands tremble as he rests them over Danny’s chest and pushes the power that thrums under his skin, through his fingertips, and into Danny.

The word explodes in green again— like a lit match in a room full of gas.

Wally’s flung backwards, away from Danny, hitting something, someone, and they tumble together. Then John is helping Wally up. They rush through the scattered remnants of the green fog. Wally falls to his knees next to Danny.

Please please please—

And Danny breathes.

Sound comes back to Wally’s world.

-

There’s an echo in Danny’s ears. The ringing of it feels like it’s burrowing into his brain, like it’s vibrating through his very bones, like his heart is stuttering and jumping to try and match the awful sound. It makes Danny groan in pain.

Someone is talking to him. He can hear the words past the hum of the ringing but can’t understand them. He whines, arching up. His fingertips scramble at some soft material. Suddenly, there’s a weight pressing down on his shoulder.

“—still. You’re safe, but you’re hurt.”

“Wally,” Danny gasps. He tries to speak but he’s not sure most of the words make it past his lips. “Did Wally make a wish with Desiree? Please, no!”

The press of soft lips against his temple Danny would recognize anywhere. That’s Wally. Wally was still alive.

“It’s okay Danny. Desiree is gone. Constantine and Zatanna showed up. Apparently all the…” Wally sounds so wrecked that it makes Danny whine again. There’s another brush of those lips. “All the death magic being used alerted them. When she started to absorb the, um, your? Absorb the power, Constantine and Zatanna basically forced it into her all at once. It overwhelmed her and she, well, exploded.”

That sounds good. It is good she’s gone. Danny thinks he should be concerned about more, more that he needs to know, but Wally is alive. Somehow he is alive. The rest he can deal with later.

Danny makes a soft noise and slips back into the black.

---

AN: What, you didn't think I was actually going to kill Danny, did you? ^_~

One chapter (or two parts) left! Danny's got some explaining to do! And Wally has some important things to say too.

I no longer tag, but you can subscribe to the master post here.

#dp x dc #quick death #quick death ship #Danny/Wally #abson

[roseglazedlens]

⦑ THE FUCKING DEAD ⦒ 𝐏𝐫𝐨𝐥𝐨𝐠𝐮𝐞

➠ series masterlist | 🔃girl’s route | 🔃boy’s route |

𝐒𝐌𝐔𝐓┇𝐇𝐎𝐑𝐑𝐎𝐑┇𝐃𝐀𝐑𝐊𝐅𝐈𝐂┇𝐂𝐇𝐎𝐎𝐒𝐄 𝐘𝐎𝐔𝐑 𝐀𝐃𝐕𝐄𝐍𝐓𝐔𝐑𝐄 LEON S. KENNEDY & CARLOS OLIVEIRA X AFAB GN! READER ADA WONG & JILL VALENTINE X AFAB GN! READER chapter synopsis: You are amongst the top five selected for this infiltration to take down Glenn Arias. An argument unfolds between the agents and you are forced to pick a side. chapter content: smut in next chapter, resident evil: vendetta spoilers, zombies, haunted mansion, explicit themes throughout this series. a/n: welcome to my second series!! (need to finish my first one oops) on a thursday one month ago, i thought to myself 'zombie threesome hehehe', then i took the idea and sprinted with it and this series is born. so, uh... zombiefuckers rise up?? « 3.3 k words | general masterlist | ao3 | reblogs appreciated! »

Millions are dying—Mass infections are happening across the globe swamping the streets with an unbeknownst fear. The symptoms of this virus are faint, indecipherable next to an x-ray of a man who is perfectly healthy. Not even the carrier themselves are aware of how the virus lies underneath their veins, dormant, until a click of button is pressed from a commander far away, then their symptoms worsen: a headache, a cold, veins turning purple as the poison hatches in them, spreading, until the only thing that can manoeuvre their limbs is the word: KILL.

That’s the greatest strength of this virus. Anyone can be infected, and maybe, you already are.

This product first reached the underground market three months ago. Called the A-Virus; a bioweapon succeeded in the market for its ability to infect targeted communities remotely and leaving no evidence on the perpetrator, which no other distributors had successfully produced before.

Engineered by Glenn Arias, the researcher sold over thousands of this bioweapon, becoming a billionaire overnight at the cost of lives lost from the whims of the rich. He supplied the wealthy and corrupted, like insatiable brats, with new remote-controlled monster trucks, who only aims to tear down families and have their victims beg mercy to a monster that will not speak reason.

Hence, this problem brought attention to a global scale, having the DSO come in alliance with the BSAA and other independent mercenaries to hunt down the vaccine and put a stop to Arias’ grand schemes. Handpicking five agents who are equipped with both experience and skill to combat a zombie attack on this scale of doom and urgency.

Those five agents are Jill Valentine, Carlos Oliveira, Leon S. Kennedy, Ada Wong, and you.

A plan is already in place. A distraction concocted with your intel and the help of a senior researcher of all things bioweapons, Rebecca Chambers. While Arias is busy attending fake business meetings on the other side of the world, the five of you will infiltrate his private mansion to retrieve a concentrated sample of the A-Virus. Rebecca can use the sample to reverse engineer it into a cure and send her findings to facilities across the world.

The plan sounds brilliant in writing, but when you arrived his private mansion in Queretaro region, Mexico, something is off about this place.

Arias is a mastermind, you had been warned many times, in which you appropriately prepared all your best gear for this mission to treat it with utmost gravity. You’re thinking armed guards, well-equipped security, BOWs. But when the five of you pushed open the front doors of his mansion, it was quiet.

Empty. Not a single soul. Just five of you greeted by the whisk of wind through weakly hinged windows that somehow makes the humid air stick to your skin further. Did Rebecca get the wrong info? No one lived there. From what you heard when you were in town, not even the locals dare to venture anywhere near the odd gothic mansion on the top of the hill. They said it’s abandoned, cursed, rumoured to whisk away young children if they ever step foot inside.

It’s a story they say to stop the naughty kids, you remind yourself. It’s not haunted. And you’re not a kid anymore.

The inside is abandoned. Cobwebs lay thick between cornices and carved columns, the floors laced with a film of dust on the luxurious dark wood flooring, creaking with worn age as you take each step. Besides the chandelier, every single piece of furniture is either the same colour of black or red, or nothing else. The soft red velvet upholstery and the rug are made with the same fabric. And you can find the same dark wood in every corner of this house. It’s in the tables, the shelves, the chaise, the painting frames, and stone-like head sculpture whittled with the same exact dark wood, ridged the exact uniform way.

Then, you look at the wall. Black patches of mould smearing across the burgundy wallpaper like a crime scene.

Something creaks behind you. The hair on your arms stands up as you shiver, immediately followed by a wave of embarrassment. Despite the number of times you had taken down hordes of incoming zombies like they’re cardboard targets, why is a bit of wind freaking you out? It’s not a ghost, just old foundations, maybe mice, or wind kicking something off a table, like how every old house sounds like. You look around to see if anyone else catches you jumping at nothing, before Jill says, thankfully unaware of your worry:

“God, the smell. What have they done to this place?” Her hand flies over her nose as if that will help to shield any smell whatsoever. Unfortunately, the building is moulded far beyond salvageable that the stench lingers in every part of the mansion.

“I’m sure it’s not that bad. We get weeks-old corpses in body bags every day. It’s absolutely retching.” Jill’s earpiece fizzes into life, and she recognises the familiar playful lilt of Rebecca’s voice on the other side of the line.

“At least that’s refrigerated and contained, Rebecca. This fucking stinks.” Jill scrunches her face like she just ate something unpleasant.

“I’m sending my sympathies from my well-conditioned lab right now.”

Carlos appears from Jill’s behind, placing a firm, teasing hand on top of Jill’s shoulder. His wavy curls catch in the wind and his teeth glistens sparkly white. “Yeah Jill, got a problem with my natural musk?”

Jill shrugs his hand off, grimacing at his attempts at flirtation. “Take a shower first, then we’ll talk.”

In which Carlos laughs, holds his hand out at his heart as if it was just torn into shreds. “That hurts my feelings, Jill. Why aren’t you ever saying things like that to pretty boy over there?”

“I have a name, Oliveira.” The blond man turns around at the call of his nickname, familiar with the nickname, but it's not pleasantly received by him.

“I think pretty boy suits you more, Kennedy.” Carlos replies, a glint in his voice that hints something a bit less than friendliness between them.

“Ah, so you do know my name.” Leon quips back while staring directly into Carlos’ eyes, before getting cut off by Jill.

“I would, Carlos, but if I have to hear one more corny ass comeback from Leon’s mouth, I’ll throw myself out the window right now.”

“Takes a genius to get my humour.” Leon smirks.

Your eyebrows raise almost immediately to chime in. “Erm… I think we have different meanings for the word ‘genius’.”

Quiet chuckles ripple through the room. It helps that you have worked with these guys throughout the years and had come to know and get close to them—some a bit closer than just friends—but none of them are strangers by far. Usually, you would be working with only one or two of these guys, never in a big group like this, but it seems that everyone is already well-acquainted with each other.

You toss a glance at Carlos and catch him staring at you, smiling. Ah, you see now. Carlos must have been trying to lighten the mood because you had been jumpy ever since you had arrived. You nod at him, a silent thank you before the five of you venture deeper into the eerie atmosphere.

The goal is to arrive at Glenn Aria’s office. According to Rebecca’s intel, Arias hid a concentrated sample in a safe last time he was here. You will need Ada to crack the safe to retrieve the sample and deliver it to Rebecca. As you traverse the corridors, it twists and turns in different directions—whoever engineered this did not enjoy unexpected guests at all. But under Rebecca’s guidance, she walks you and your team through the labyrinth with ease and precision.

But unfortunately, not ease and precision on your part. You trip over your own leg and almost fall to the floor as you round a harsh turn according to Rebecca’s instructions, and Jill catches you right on the arm before you fall.

“Easy there.” Jill pulls you up the ground, and you regain some balance. “You good? Mind your step.”

“Why did I agree to babysit?” Ada speaks, finally, for the first time in this mission. Despite how quietly she spoke under her breath, her words abruptly cut through the air, and all attention is on her and the red sweater dress that curves into her frame perfectly now.

“Oh, I bet once you get your paycheck it will be worth it. Or will you be betraying us, huh, Ada?”

Leon smirks loudly. Ada’s face goes from tired to exhausted in one second. “You just can’t let bygones be bygones, can you?”

“That’s rich coming from someone who used to work for Wesker.” Ada’s heels come to a stop, and with a slow turn, she stares deeply into Leon’s eyes that speak a million threats without needing to be utter a word. Oh, and believe me, you do not want to be messing with Ada. You learnt that the hard way.

“Woah, guys. Let’s keep this civil. No need to get heated.” Carlos rushes to stand right between them as the duo glares at each other with passionate fury and resentment.

You nod, joining Carlos’ side to stand by him. “Carlos’s right. This is not the time to pick a fight.” But it falls on the deaf ears of Leon and Ada.

“Thousands were killed. I want what’s good for the people, and I’m not sure Ada here is on the same page.” Leon continues, adding fuel to the fire.

Ada lets out a disbelieved gasp in response, before recollecting herself and replying in her usual tone of calmness: “Someone has to pay the price. I’m just the executor.”

“Regardless of our motivations, we all are on the same side here.” Carlos attempts at resolution again, putting his hands up in between them, and fails embarrassingly once more.

The air is heated with hostility; Leon and Ada’s eyes are locked in a trance, a hazy spite that reigns their composure, that looking away from each other means forfeiting. You don’t see either of them walking away first, they are both prideful people after all.

“Uh… Jill? Some help?” Carlos looks around to find Jill, who is leaning against a wall, her arms relaxing by her sides, unphased by the fire stirring right in front of the crowd.

“Not my circus, not my monkeys.” Jill is merely waiting for either one of the parties roll over.

You feel speckles of flame through the two of them, as if steam is retreating over the top of their heads, burning not just them, but also everyone else in the room. Until the boiling point hits, and it erupts all in one second. The duo walks away, off to different directions in bitter adrenaline, until you and Carlos are just looking at each other.

“I guess we’ll take five. There’s a safe room up ahead.” Carlos is speaking, but you’re the one listening.

The five of you enters the safe room in silence. It is a storage room—despite its name, it’s quite large for a normal storage room—with boxes stacked on all ends that made the room seem smaller in comparison. A ceiling light illuminates the room dimly, but it isn’t enough to shade away years of old animosity from their past.

The lively conversations you had mere minutes ago is gone now. Just silence and awkward rustling as each of you sits in your own designated corner. Carlos and Jill find themselves a seat on top of a firm box. Leon and Ada giving each other the silent treatment, standing on farthest end of the room to each other. You are simply minding your own business, gathering materials to craft a flashbang to pass the time. Doesn’t hurt to have more supplies anyway.

There is a notable division on each side, an imaginary alliance that you choose to be on neither side. Until Leon crosses the boundary line, somehow making his way to you. He picks up an empty grenade case next to you, assembling the pieces together for your project.

“Sorry you had to see that.” A little guilt tugs at Leon’s voice.

“Not at all. I get why you felt that way.” Leon nods, a look of gratitude hanging softly through a smile. His other finger seals the flashbang cap and hands it back to you. “But you need to learn to control your temper. Especially when it comes to Ada.”

Speaking of Ada, a shiver runs down your spine suddenly. The feeling of someone sending laser signs and telepathic warnings towards you. You turn around towards the direction of the aura to find Ada, her back leaning against the wall, arms crossed without engaging or acknowledging anyone in the room. She stands by herself alone, and that’s how you had always known Ada—distant and in her own mysterious world. Not really a chatter, despite the number of times she had saved you in the past.

Ada does not look at you, but you can feel her glaring down—either you or Leon—with her entire body.

“Good to see the two of you getting along at least.” Carlos holds out two plastic water bottles to you two from a supply crate he found in the room, which Jill has finished downing two of them already.

You two gesture ‘no thanks.’ Ada does not spare Carlos a glance at his direction when he offers.

“You’re welcome, I guess.” Carlos says sarcastically, before taking in a generous sip from his drink.

There’s a moment of silence. Then, a moment of dry coughs; a squeak of footsteps, a joint click from a stretching neck. Then silence once more.

“I’ve had enough.” Jill slaps her hands on her thigh before pushing herself up from her seat. “You guys gonna keep acting like kids? Grow up, this isn’t high school anymore. Take your drama outside. If we’re gonna take down Arias, we have to get along. And yes, that means moving on from shit that happened… five years ago? Five years ago and you two are still hung up? Unlike you all, I’m actually looking forward to go home and get a decent shower, hopefully soon.”

You nod in approval as Jill speaks her mind, and you are glad at least the few of you have their priorities in order. Ada flicks her head away from Jill, but her silence is telling of how much she is thinking over Jill’s words.

“Leon, can you accept this?” Jill asks.

There’s a bit of reluctance in his voice, but he agrees anyway. “Fine.”

“Ada?”

Before Ada can respond, smoke is creeping into your vision, coming in quick. It merges into your view, obscuring it, and you whiff something artificial, some kind of chemicals that is piercing to your nose and eyes. You can’t help but wince, hands groping the air in attempts to find comfort in the person closest to you—anyone for that matter—to indicate you’re safe and is indeed not under attack. Your fingers find themselves in a fistful of someone’s shirt, muscles tensing tightly underneath the fabric on their shoulder cap.

“Leon. Is that you?” You cry out.

“It’s me. Stay close and don’t let go. It’s an ambush.” Leon pulls your arm towards him, securing your safety with his hand in yours.

There is some coughing through the air, faint panic in voices underneath the hissing of gas that seems to be coming from above. You hold onto Leon a bit tighter.

Carlos calls out desperately “Where are you guys? Is everyone okay?” as he flaps his hand around the smoke to stir it away. He finds you and Leon almost immediately, and looks down to your hands, finding them clasped tight against each other. Your hand lets go of Leon flying behind your back, but Carlos already saw it.

Jill is coughing deep from the smoke. “I-I’m here!”

“It seems like we’re all here.” Ada says, composed as ever despite the circumstances.

The smoke dissipates—until most of the fog fades away, escaping through the cracks underneath the door to the other side. Leaving the five of you standing in the same storage room darting eyes around, seemingly unharmed, and even more confused.

After what feels like a while later, Jill finally breaks the silence: “Huh. What was that?”

“No enemies.” Ada unholsters the pistol from her belt, inspecting the room and the door behind the room. “Clear on this side too.”

It’s strange. If this is an ambush, why isn’t there an attack?

Leon places a finger on his earpiece to activate his microphone. “Rebecca, come in. We’ve just been ambushed by some kind of smoke, but nobody’s hurt. Happen to know what’s going on?”

His earpiece buzzes into life. “Hmm, let’s see. From the architecture plans, I see the vents are connected to a lab below. It seems abandoned, there are no signs of anyone triggering an attack on my end.”

“Whatever it is, we need to investigate.” Leon’s voice is firm and serious. “I’ve got a bad feeling about this.”

You swallow deeply, fear settling back inside you. “You think it’s a trap?”

“I think…” Leon pinches his chin. “…Arias knows that we’re here.”

Your heart drops—Bundle of fear, anxiety and stress springing back into your nerves as you probe at the possibility of Glen Arias knowing where you are. What you’re trying to do. Making sure you will never reach that sample despite your hardest wills.

“He shouldn’t. Rebecca, didn’t Arias get on the jet?” Carlos is also thinking too.

“Affirmative. Security footage showed Arias walking into his private jet, and it took off four hours ago. He should still be in the air. No signal of them making a pitstop anywhere.”

You hear black pumps clacking against the hardwood floor. “I’m getting the sample.” Says Ada, her foot is already halfway out of the door. “Follow me or not, I don’t care. I’m here for the objective, and only that.”

“And what if something happens to you?” Carlos asks, genuinely concerned.

“I’ll deal with it if it happens.” Ada waves dismissively.

“Ada’s right, we could be set on a wild goose chase.” Jill chimes in. “Millions of lives are dying. We don’t have time to waste.”

“I guess it’s just you and me then, pretty boy.” Carlos rounds his arm around Leon’s neck, bringing him closer in an almost choking grip, a little too close and tight to his liking. And with Leon’s history with Carlos, Leon refuses to believe this is just a friendly gesture.

Leon grimaces, removing Carlos’ hand over him. “So that’s it? We’re splitting up?” The answer is unanimous. “Fine. I guess we’ll cover more ground if we split up.”

Rebecca, through the other side of your earpiece, speaks: “Be careful everyone. You don’t know what kind of schemes Glenn Arias had set up. Please stay safe.”

“We’ll be fine, as long as we don't have any traitors in our team.” Leon says the word ‘traitor’ while maintaining eye contact with Ada. She ignores him, simply deadpans.

“Well, what about you?” Leon nudges at your arm.

You are faced with two options. Indulge in your curiosity and find the source of the gas, or stick to mission as planned? Both options will be dangerous. So who will you trust with your life?

[OPTION A] “I’ll follow the girls.”

[OPTION B] “I’ll follow the boys.”

𝐭𝐡𝐞 𝐟𝐮𝐜𝐤𝐢𝐧𝐠 𝐝𝐞𝐚𝐝 𝐦𝐚𝐬𝐭𝐞𝐫𝐥𝐢𝐬𝐭 thanks for reading! come check out my other works! —yours truly, rose. i love my beta reader @scar-crossedlvrs! series taglist: @j3llyd0nut @ovaryacted @daydreamrot @madcap-riflette @access--granted @obsolescent @briermelli @secretiveauthor @ghosty-frog @navstuffs @slowcryinginthedark @rentaldarling @lesbntired © roseglazedlens — please do not repost, plagiarise, or feed to ai.

#leon kennedy x reader #carlos oliveira x reader #jill valentine x reader #ada wong x reader #resident evil smut #resident evil fanfiction #꒰✒️ rose fics ♡.꒱ #rebecca chambers #leon s kennedy x reader #leon kennedy #jill valentine #carlos oliveira #ada wong #leon kennedy smut #leon scott kennedy x reader #resident evil x reader #leon kennedy x you #kinktober 2023 #leon scott kennedy #resident evil

[diejager]

1: I love your blog so much you are awesome.

2: Can I be added to the cod tag lists?

3: Idea for venom-hunter fic: the boys don’t know venom auto-heals and they watch Hunter get like… shot or sm and freak out and it’s angsty but it’s ok bc they heal right away and it’s fluffy in the end (popped into my head and I wanted to share)

1: Hi Parker! I love you too☺️ 2: I’m sorry I didn’t see this before now, but of course! I added you.

What if Hunter was Venom? Pt.2

Pairing: Monster 141 + Horangi & König x reader

Cw: blood, injury, canon-typical violence, gutting, tell me if I missed any. Wc: 1.3k

Price felt his age catch up to him when he watched an enemy unload his whole mag into your - Venom’s - chest, the dark skin rippling at the surface like water breaking with every drop. He knows that under the surface was your body, hidden under his mass and strength, but Price was still worried. How couldn’t he worry when he kept you so close to his heart?

Even after watching Venom rip apart the men who shot at him - you - spraying their guts around the area, blood painting over the grey asphalt, dripping down from the tip of his claws. Venom was a menace from close up as he was from afar, he could spot anyone from kilometres away as long as he had a clear view, Venom could hear so clearly, his ears much more attuned to your environment and danger.

You could easily be sent out alone in some situations, Venom coming in to help whenever he thought you were in danger, forcefully or not. They could hear the crackle over the coms, Gaz spotting your form jumping from one building to the other, swinging from tree to tree or rushing through the enemy line like a battering ram, something that König was extremely proud of seeing as a battering ram himself.

They learned from you that Venom feared fire, the flames would burn him, disintegrating to ash - it was a painful death - and loud sounds, high-pitched ringing that would make both you and him scream out in pain. Venom wouldn’t die from the loud sound itself, but every moment spent outside a compatible host was a second closer to dying. It was loud and painful, the pitch ringing in your heads until you completely separated, but even then, you’d still hear that incessant sound echoing in your head.

So there wasn’t much to be scared about, worry indeed, but never fear for your life when they had Venom to watch over you, he was fiercely protective of you, so much so that it rivalled their own. Other times, Price would put you in a squad of three or two men, making sure that you wouldn’t be put in a dangerous situation.

It worked for the most part an unknown contractor paid to hunt you down and get Venom to the rich scientist who was obsessed with the alien that he hosted and any other. They were taught the non-lethal way of neutralising Venom, to get both of you back to the labs to study. They would cut you open, probe your insides and possibly break you in ways that scared them, it forced Price to keep you beside Ghost or König at all times, two giant monsters scaring anything and everything around you. It would keep the threats away until they absolutely had to keep you safely hidden.

But it seemed that the PMC had found you before they could do anything, your scream piercing the field, a painful screech following yours. The ringing of what seemed like a high-frequency machine hurt their ears from afar, the painful sound made them curl inward, wincing with a loud pulse in their ears. No wonder Venom was deathly scared of high frequencies, it probably hurt both of you more than them from how close and how strong your hearing was.

Those who were able to, dropped what they were doing to reach you, alarm and fear wracking their minds. Gaz left his perch, flying in the open without any protection, an easy target for any snipers. Soap rushed towards you, hastily transformed with his body still steaming hot, his jaw snapping at everything. Alejandro and Rudy weren’t far behind, the nagual making his own path with Rudy following close behind him. Horangi tore his way beside König, his clothes drowning in blood, their bodies smelling strongly of ichor, a metallic smell. Price had to drop everything he was doing - transferring the encrypted intel from the database to the hard drive - to come to your aid, the only relief he had was the knowledge that Ghost was assigned to your side, your bodyguard.

When they reached you, they saw Ghost trying his best to take down as many people as he could that stood between him and your safety, and you - your situation looked dire - were still screaming, Venom’s black mass being slowly torn from you, throwing you left and right. It was chaotic, watching you sway around, hand clutching your head and face screwed in pain, even he seemed in pain. You and Venom were fundamentally connected, mind and body working as one, your cells sewed to his goop and his strength flowing in your blood.

In a frenzy, they fought to get to you, blood splattered and abdomens gutted, a stinging pain pulsing in their chest that only seemed to grow stronger with every second they heard you wail, choked sobs to cling onto the symbiote who made himself at home inside your body, to hold onto the creature you dubbed your own. Despite the semblance of success, they were panicking, booming orders shot across the field and over the heads of dying men, their shots were hastily landed and randomly aimed as if they were fresh-faced rookies rather than scarred and experienced mercenaries. 

In the chaos of screams and shouts, Soap managed to destroy the machine, taking away the enemy’s only source of protection against Venom, but they couldn’t celebrate just yet, they had to finish this off before another echo was let out. 

“Shoot them now!” 

A booming shot followed closely after the order, a thick accented voice calling for whoever it was to shoot you down before you got away. You flinched back, curling forward in a coughing fit, sickly and wet coughs from your blood-filled lungs. You spat out red, tears rolling down your cheeks as you gasped for a breath, laboured and shallow breathing. You felt like you were drowning, dying by the one thing that kept you warm and alive, the life-giving and oxygen-rich ichor; it clogged up Soap and König’s nose, the retching of their throats and the heaviness in their stomach made them want to vomit, to force out the anxiety and terror in their bodies.

Little One, it was Venom, his voice laced with worry and exhaustion. 

“Please, Venom,” you rasped, blood trickling down your chin as you clutched your open wound, fingers stained as red as your vest and jacket were. 

Everyone watched Venom swallow you, darkness exploding from your back to wrap around you, covering you in layer upon layer of alien mass, forming a protective shield around you. Within seconds, venom came out screeching, large, white eyes squinted accusingly, jaws filled with long, serrated teeth opened threateningly and claw-tipped hands pointed at the ones who made you cry. He thrashed, breaking apart the many groups they formed and cutting through them ruthlessly, deaf to the silent screams and blind to the terror-filled look he received. Venom’s only priority was to exact revenge on the ones who hurt you and protect you. 

He sunk back into you, letting you slump over, falling into Price’s arms, his worried mumbles about your injury and state filled your ears. He shook off your vest and patted you down, searching for the entry wound on your chest, hands moving frantically and ordering the others to hover around you, boxing you in for your own safety. He went on for a few, confusion growing more and more when he couldn’t find the bullet hole. 

“ ‘m fine, Cap’n,” you mumbled, eyes closed as you slumped over him, thrusting him to keep you on your feet even after you slipped away to sleep off your exhaustion. 

“You’re bleeding,” Price hissed, hands grasping your biceps. “Stay awake, love. We can’t have you falling asleep with this.”

“He healed me,” you grumbled, hurrying your head under Price’s chin, nosing at his warm skin for comfort. “Venom.”

He sighed, worry shifting off his shoulders, replacing it with relief. Knees bending, he picked you up, one hand under your knees and the other pressing you to his chest, rumbling with soft purrs to smooth the frown on your face. He nodded at the others, Rudy calling for exfil as they moved, covering you as much as they could at the LZ, waiting for the beating rotors of Nick’s favourite helicopter.

“Let’s go home.”

Tag list: @craxy-person @crowbird @dead-cipher @iwannabealocalcryptid @iizx7y @mxtokko @yeetusspagheetus @capricorn-anon @perfectus-in-morte @sae1kie @yeoldedumbslut @tallmanlover @distracteddragoness @vxnilla-hxrddrugs @konigsblog @havoc973 @angelcakes-22 @cassiecasluciluce @ramadiiiisme @ramblingsofachaoticthinker @ki-cant-spel @im-making-an-effort @love-dove-noora

#monster 141 au #x reader #cod mw2 #cod mw2 x reader #simon ghost riley x reader #john soap mactavish #soap x reader #kyle gaz garrick #gaz x reader #captain john price #captain price x reader #alejandro vargas x reader #alejandro vargas #rudolfo parra #rudolfo parra x reader #kim horangi hong jin #horangi x reader #konig #konig x reader #könig #könig x reader #venom symbiote #Monster cod au

[ailithnight]

Aheem... prompt from @regonold

16 Hours

Danny remembers the first time something shorted out his powers. Vlad with his stupid Plasmius Maximus thing. Well, 'remembers'. Mostly he remembers the aftermath.

Apparently Vlad hadn't known at the time exactly how Danny ended up half ghost. He thought it had been a slower progression like his own development. It hadn't occurred to him that Danny's original death had been much quicker.

Danny remembers a short, light shock. Really, the spector deflector was worse. But this shock... suddenly his muscles were seizing, his heart stuttering, his Lichtenbergs burning. And then, nothing. A blank space in Danny's head that apparently spanned 3 hours.

Next thing he knows, they're in some kind of vehicle. There are sirens outside (a police escort, Danny would later learn). His mom is driving like her life depends on it. And Vlad is giving him chest compressions, looking grieved and panic striken. He's crying. They both are.

"Please tell me you didn't have to kiss me." His voice comes out pained and raspy. Mom almost crashes the vehicle.

"No, Little Badger. Thankfully, you kept breathing. Just your heart that was struggling." Vlad chuckled, guilty yet relieved.

It was another hour before they made it to the nearest hospital from the stupid hunting cabin. 6 more for all the stupid medical tests. "An accident," Vlad told them. "Small shock, but with an already weak heart..."

Any other time, Danny might have argued. Tried to make Vlad admit more guilt. But the whole ordeal had exhausted him to much to care then.

The second time was marginally better. At least with the Fenton Crammer, it was a steady loss. And Danny managed to fix it before his healing factor fully failed. It still hadn't been pleasant, fighting Skulker and dealing with Dash while phantom echoes of his death arced across his body. But he'd managed.

This. This is so much worse. Danny thought it would be like the Crammer again. A steady decline. But it isn't.

And it isn't like the Maximus either, a one then done, pain then nothing, dying then dead, moment.

No. This is more like the blood blossoms. This is torture. This is hell.

The suppression cuffs let just enough of his power bleed through, just enough healing factor, to keep him alive. Alive and in agony for... hours? Days? Weeks? Minutes? Danny couldn't really tell. His thoughts had long since turned to nothing but static and pain. All he knew was that time was passing around him while he was here, suffering on the absolute brink of death yet unable to embrace it.

Oh god he wanted to die. Please just let him die already! It's too much. A death that should only last a few seconds drug out into an eternity. His muscles ached with the strain of being locked up. His insides were broiling from the electric heat. His heart stuttered and stopped and started and stuttered. It hurts. It hurts. It hurts!

He might have been screaming. He might have been Wailing. Or he might he been choking on weak uneven breaths. Danny didn't know. Didn't care to know. Didn't care if he ever found out the details of his time in chains. He just wanted, no needed, it to end. But it just dragged on and on and on. And Danny was lost in it.

Too far gone to even realize when it ended.

.

Batman hadn't been there when the new meta appeared, quite literally materializing from nowhere in the conference room mid-meeting. He had been dealing with a mass Arkham breakout at the time. So he wasn't there. An unfortunate fact which will haunt him for the rest of his life and possibly beyond.

He should have been there. If he had only been there...

He didn't blame his team mates. They didn't know. Who would have guessed that simple power suppression cuffs could ever be an instrument of torture. He'd never considered it possible.

He didn't blame his team mates. How could he blame them? Batman wasn't even the one to connect the dots. Red Robin figured it out. He always was good at stringing together thoughts know one else would think to connect.

Red Robin asked the right questions. He figured out in 5 minutes what the rest of the league and the best doctors -not technically- on earth had been agonizing over for 16 hours.

16 hours too long.

He should have been here. Should have come sooner.

"Don't know, B!" Flash had met him at the Zetas, already rambling at top speed before he could reorient himself after teleportation. Everyone else had gone home, unable to help and needing to tend to their own cities and responsibilities.

"He just- He appeared out of nowhere while we were in meeting. Didn't trip any alarms or nothing. Just popped up. We figured it had to be teleportation, but he'd have to know where the Watchtower was to do that.

So we figured, you know, random kid teleporting into the Watchtower during a Justice League meeting. Not good. Big threat. Bats would tell us to detain. So we did.

But before we could get him to a holding cell, there was this flash of light and he changed or something. He had white hair and green eyes and some sort of jumpsuit on when he appeared.

But after the light he had black hair and a t-shirt and jeans and I actually didn't see his eyes cause he just collapsed on the spot.

Started convulsing or seizing or something. And screaming. God, B, the screaming... So we took him to medbay and...

He's dying B. He has to be. He's got a fever that keeps spiking and dropping, his muscles keep spasming, and his heart keeps giving out...

He looks 14. He looks like..."

Flash had trailed off there, as they reached medbay. Bruce understood his reluctance to complete that sentence as soon as he saw the boy.

He looks like a Robin.

Like all 4 of his sons combined.

Like someone mixed Dick's and Jason's faces and put it on Tim's body at Damian's age.

It can't even be a trick. The suppression cuffs are nullifying his abilities. This is what he truly looks like.

His sons.

In pain.

In agony for 16 hours because Batman prioritized Gotham over an emergency on the Watchtower.

"When exactly did you say he collapsed."

"When we were moving him to a holding cell after we caught him. He was a trick to catch too. He-"

Red Robin cut him off. "Yeah, sure. But when exactly did this start. What happened immediately before?"

Flash was less then pleased about being interrupted, but acquiesced after a look from Batman. Tim had an idea. Tim was on to something. "Like I said, just after we caught him and got the cuffs on so he'd stop slipping away again."

Bruce couldn't keep the growl out of his voice one he realized what Tim was suggesting. Of course he knows it wasn't their fault. He's told all of them as much since. But in the moment...

"Take them off!"

"What?"

"It's the cuffs! Take the damn cuffs off! They're killing him!"

Flash wasted no more time, bolting out of the room to fetch the disabler. Tim didn't bother waiting for the fastest man alive. He had the cuffs disabled before Flash would have been able to swipe his access card into the detainment center storage room. Bruce practically threw the cuffs out of the room in his haste to get them away.

The change had been... not nearly as quick as Bruce would have liked. The heartrate settled out almost instantly, although into something a bit too slow for comfort. But it was steady and Bruce knew nothing about this kid's normal physiology so he counted it a win.

The screaming, of course, had long since choked off. According to Flash's report, his vocal cords failed after about an hour. But his facial expressions still indicated consciousness, though not awareness.

The muscles stopped spasming and unlocked slowly over the course of several minutes. Flash was back by then, looking a bit put out to have lost a race against Red Robin. Batman could not give a single flying fuck about Flash's ego right then.

Shortly after his muscles unlocking was when he finally passed out. Once more, Batman thought about 16 hours. 16 hours and he hadn't even been able to slip into unconsciousness for relief. He should have been here.

The fever was the slowest to break. In that it still hadn't broken almost 2 hours later. Batman had sent Tim and Flash home after Red Robin finished squeezing all the details he could out of Barry. Tim had given him a look before leaving, some mixture of worry and mischief. "Should I tell Agent A to prepare a room?" Bruce just rolled his eyes and shooed him off. Hopefully to bed. Knowing his son, probably not. Tim was most likely still up doing research. Bruce wanted to call Alfred to wrangle Tim to sleep.

But calling Alfred would mean leaving the room so the still potentially a threat meta couldn't hear if he woke up. And Bruce couldn't leave him. Not until the fever broke. Not until he woke up. Not until he knew the boy that looked like his sons would be okay.

Not until he could apologize for being late.

16 hours.

16 hours too late.

#DP x DC #my writing #Danny needs his ghost powers to live AU #Lookit #Everyone commenting on that post like it would take days to figure it out #No #Just no #Bat comes in #Or Red Robin here #Cause Batman takes one look at the kid and starts shutting down #Danny looks too much like his sons #But the detective family #You cant convince me not at least one of the Bats would jump to the right answer nigh instantaneously #Them are some smart Birds #Ya feel?

[psychedelic-ink]

ㅤㅤㅤ✦ 𝐏𝐑𝐎𝐋𝐎𝐆𝐔𝐄 ⸻ 𝐓𝐇𝐄 𝐋𝐎𝐒𝐓

ㅤㅤjoel miller x f!reader

⌜HOW MR. MILLER STOLE CHRISTMAS MASTERLIST⌟

genre: christmas, enemies to lovers, romance, fake dating, minors dni

word count: 0.6k

chapter summary: the fireflies are dying one by one and you're desperately seeking a way out.

warnings: age gap, canon typical violence, spoilers for the season one finale

**dividers by @saradika

You smell blood. Feel it almost. The heat, the stickiness of it. Despite the clean walls and the sterile smell you know something is wrong. Something is very wrong—the fireflies are dying. One by one. Their light snuffed out, left to rot. 

You knew this would happen. After all of what you’ve done, what Marlene has done. It was wrong, and karma always hungers after those who wronged her—Killing a little girl to save the world. . . hiding it from her. . . It was the trolley problem come to life. You never could answer that question, never could decide what was deemed right and wrong in that situation. Now, it seemed like all of you had chosen wrong. And you were being punished for it. The Angel of Death sought to claim you all.

At least it’s better than getting infected. At least the bullet would be shot right between your eyebrows and you’ll be dead before you can blink. 

Your finger presses stubbornly against the trigger as you move. You still have the boldness of youth. Maybe you can escape. Maybe you can be free. You wanted out a long time ago, just scared to be out there all on your own. 

Your lips press tightly together upon seeing a body, you don’t know his name, don’t dwell on it as you jump over his corpse and head for the exit. You hear gunshots. Screams. Shouts. You smell blood—such a persistent smell—You smell fear. Death is coming for you. Your footsteps gain momentum, you feel his breath on the back of your neck and the nuzzle cold against your forehead.

Then you see him. Just as you’re turning the corner, heart beating in your throat and sweat beading out of every pore, you see him—the angel of death. 

And fuck—you know you shouldn’t think it, but the mass killer is beautiful. 

Without even thinking you drop your gun and raise your hands. The best way to survive is to expose your neck to the beast. Showing you mean no harm. You don’t kick a raging lion. 

He doesn’t seem to see it though. His eyes stare right past you. He barely blinks, blood of the fireflies coating his already dirty shirt. He cocks the gun and you know he’s ready to shoot, your eyes go wide. You don’t want to die. Not yet. Not without finding any semblance of peace or belonging. 

“Please don’t,” you blurt out. His eyes seem to focus then, dark soulless gaze flitting across your face, noticing your raised hands. “I just want to leave. She’s on the top floor, at the end of the hall—Please don’t shoot.” 

He observes you a beat longer. From the way his muscles tense you think he’s about to shoot, why wouldn’t he? What made you different from all the rest? 

You close your eyes, chest rising painfully. There’s a loud hum in your ear. Maybe it’s the rush of blood? You think about your life, of all the death surrounding you. All you remember is the outbreak. Every memory tainted with curling cordyceps ever since you were six. You remember your mother holding you by the hand and yanking your arm so hard you thought it would be ripped off the socket. Your father trying to protect you both, leading the way—You remembered the day Marlene found you, time spent with the fireflies, the excitement when the immune girl was found. . . 

The train of thought would end with a measly bullet. 

A bullet that never came. A gun that never fired. 

When you open your eyes he was gone. 

You have no idea what it was—maybe it was the fact that you were significantly younger than the other soldiers, maybe it was because you were already out through the door when he pointed a gun at you— no matter what it was you were miraculously spared from the bloodshed.

The angel of death has spared you. 

#joel miller x reader #joel miller x f!reader #joel miller x fem!reader #joel miller x you #joel miller fic #joel miller series #hbo the last of us #the last of us fic #pedro pascal characters #pedro pascal character fanfiction

[headspace-hotel]

More complete list of ways that websites and books about gardening shamelessly misinform and confuse people

Using any combination of cultivar names, species names, genus names, and common names to refer to plants, leaving well-intentioned gardening noobs fighting for their lives in a lawless wasteland. Just look at this Better Homes and Gardens article on salvia.

Salvia is a genus of plants containing hundreds of species, including culinary sage, rosemary, and many species used as ornamentals. The Better Homes and Gardens list ruthlessly mixes common names for sage species with cultivar names, without giving the binomial Latin species name at all for a single one...

...and refers to two totally different plants only as "purple sage" in the same listicle

On that note, acting like "variety" is just as important as, or interchangeable with, "species." Just read an article that said "some varieties of this plant can be invasive, so make sure to check which ones are prohibited in your area!" No. NO. No specific cultivar of an invasive plant species is going to be non-invasive. In fact, introducing new cultivars of an invasive plant will make the invasive species problem WORSE because that's new genetic material. 'Bradford' pears are invasive in the US, 'Cleveland' pears are also invasive, because they're BOTH PYRUS CALLERYANA, but the website you're buying them off of doesn't SAY that, AUGHH

Referring to plants that are enthusiastic or aggressive growers as 'invasive.' I falsely believed so many native species were invasive simply because some dumbass article decided to call them "invasive" for the crime of being able to grow in a lawn. The same websites will turn around and say that a 100% virulent invasive species "can become aggressive in some gardens" WHSFDHHKKK???

Gardening books describing a gorgeous native flower that doesn't die instantly when you think a negative thought about it: "Invasive. Evil. Kill on sight." Gardening books describing one of the worst known invasive plant species in human history that's decimating ecosystems as we speak: "This plant can be a teensy weensy bit vigorous."

totally failing to explore what it means for a cultivar of a plant to be "sterile." Here's the thing. The 'Bradford' pear was supposed to be sterile, but it was not, the cultivar was just made up of clones of the same plant, and most plants can't fertilize themselves. When another cultivar of Pyrus calleryana is planted close to it, such as the 'Cleveland' pear, surprise surprise, THEY AREN'T STERILE.

IIRC it is possible to produce truly sterile cultivars by breeding a plant that can't make seeds/fruits and cloning those plants by vegetative propagation. A cultivar of cloned, genetically identical plants with completely unchanged reproductive ability is NOT STERILE, it is just banking on no other cultivars of the plant ever existing nearby. Which is deeply stupid.

Yes, "cultivars" (the names in single quotation marks next to the name of the plant in a nursery label) are generally just groups of clones of the same founding individual. I'm not a fan of cultivars because they're basically Petri dishes for breeding disease. E.g. The Emerald ash borer was able to so thoroughly decimate ash trees in the USA partly because the gene pool of planted ash trees in American cities was 2-3 individual trees big. Now ornamental boxwoods seem to be dying off en masse in my area, and the reasons are probably similar.

#plants #gardening

[rileyglas]

The List ~Pt. 1 - Creation~

Alastor (Hazbin Hotel) x Reader

This is my first-time writing fanfic but I literally cannot get the stories out of my brain so…why not make everyone else suffer. This is part one of a story I’ve been rolling around some time. I feel setting a good foundation for the reader/main character is super important, so I PROMISE this story gets better. Be prepared for the usual angst, mystery (Alastor), sassiness (Lucifer), fluff, eventual smut (yes horny readers bear with me we need some plot), and of course 18+ because….it’s Hazbin what do you expect?

Summary: f!reader finds themselves in Hell. Unable to accept your horrible fate you make it a point to continue being a bright soul surrounded by the darkness of Hell. With some higher advice, you create a list of rules to live. A short list to keep out danger and continue helping the lower sinners of Pentagram City. It’s the ONLY way you can survive (right?). Your list begins to crumble when you start helping Lucifer’s daughter with some hotel and a dream to redeem the same sinners you want to protect.

**sentences in italics are internal thoughts of the reader

1.5k Words

Part One (You're on it!) Part Two Part Three Part Four Part Five Part Six Part Seven Part Seven.A Part Eight

Rumor was all sinners would spawn in hell with attributes related to their life and (untimely) death. Your gift power was proof of that.

“Everyone get inside! Come on before the exorcists see you.” You hurry the last of the smaller sinners inside a building. It kills you to see such fear from the souls. “Lock the door. I'll lure them away.”

How foolish you were. Somehow a heart of gold followed you to these depths after death...ironic how even the nicest people end up in hell. God really does have his favorites I suppose.

But that foolishness led you to the best thing to happen to you, so you thought. Dodging through the streets, maneuvering, anything to lead the "angels" away from even the worst of sinners. Cursing praying for their safety. It was only your second extermination, but you already caught onto their game. It was all too easy to get around their sloppiness. Needing a breather, you weave around some cars and dive behind a dumpster. Idiots can't even keep track of my thickass? Pathetic!

A few moments pass as it grows quiet. Your breath begins to steady when the softest whimper catches your attention. As quietly (and non-threatening) as possible, you turn the corner to approach a crying dark mass curled on the ground. Seeing their blood pooling sends your stomach into flips. Not another one. Fearing the worst you gently reach out. “Hey hey...shhh..." you utter, feeling her wince ever so slightly. "No don't panic I'm here to help. Where are you hurt?"

The young girl slowly uncrumples herself to show her wound...a massive "X" sliced hips to neck. It was so deep you couldn't believe she was still breathing let alone even moving. Fuck she's lost too much blood. "Come here let me try to stop the bleeding" you lied. You knew she had no chance. But your chest hurt at the thought of her dying (again) alone in some shit alley. With the last of her strength she curled into you, her white hair tickling your face. She had her textured locks pulled back tightly and black horns accenting the top of her head. Her tired red eyes relaxed, slowly closing as she leaned into you. Such a beautiful girl falling to such a terrible fate. With one hand on part of her wound, you used your other to softly stroke her head. “I'm so sorry young one...just breathe in and know you're not alone.” As her breathing shallows you gently kiss her forehead, bidding her soul a gentle goodbye.

The second your lips touch her skin, pure fire floods through your veins. Every nerve in your body feeling ripped apart. You spasm from the pain, clenching onto the girls now limp body. Just when the pain starts misting your vision you see flashes of...pink? "What the fuck!!" You grit through your teeth. What felt like hours of pain was merely a few seconds and it quickly dissipated from your body as did the pink light. Shit shit shit, there’s no way the exorcist didn’t hear OR SEE that! You stay perfectly still...listening to the silence with your mind reeling over what just happened.

A gasp breaks the deafening silence, pulling you back to reality. The young girl jolted out of your arms, gasping in as much air as she could. Looking down you notice her wounds were gone, only dry blood and tattered cloth remained from the laceration. You look at each other in panic and shock.

After inspecting her stomach she snaps out of her daze, remembering you two were still not safe.

"It's too dangerous to stay out here. Come with me - we aren’t far from the safehouse. I am sure my mother will want to meet you."

You follow without hesitation. Trust has always been a weakness. As you make your way through the city, she explains how she was out collecting angelic weapons with her sister when they got separated. After getting cornered she just accepted her fate...then you found her. "The name is Clara by the way. Clara Carmine. I usually just go by CC though."

You never intended to get into the Overlord game. You were merely trying to make the best, quiet life in hell if that was even possible. Guess things change when you save the daughter of Hells most prestigious Overlord. Who could say no to being taken in and protected by THE Carmilla Carmine.

Carmilla immediately began preparing you after hearing of the power you possessed. The power to heal with touch...of course it’s not that easy…it required pure intensions, coming from a place of love. Who the hell (pun intended) wrote this cruel joke for a sinner? How did the lowest of low get given such power just a few short years after arriving? It was your most precious secret. It had to be. If anyone of ill will found out - and come on, it's Hell - your soul would have been the most sought after in the pride ring. You wouldn’t last a day. Carmilla was indebted to you for saving Clara, so she made a deal to give you protection and mentorship as repayment. The first of many deals you’d make in Hell, growing the power you held.

In the years you've been under Carmilla's watch, you created a short list of rules to keep yourself out of harm’s way -

1. Never trust another Overlord

2. Never tell a soul what (or how much) power you have

3. Never bring anyone too close

4. Never let your weaknesses show

It was a simple enough list that had worked for you so far.

You chose to make deals with those who needed protection or help while navigating the dangerous afterlife. In your deals each soul was bound to secrecy as to who you were and what you provided. Contract details and fine print were your specialty. Your soul count was the highest Carmilla had ever seen for someone so new, so merciful. She would often mention only one other sinner ever rose the ranks as quick though his methods were…less than savory. She never bothered to say who. Every Overlord meeting the rumors spread of some "Saving Grace" sinner making their way into powerful ranks. A shadow giving vile hope. But just as quick as those rumors appeared - they were put to rest when no new faces ever appeared. Of course you were there - you needed to attend for information just as much as the next guy, but you never sat as an Overlord. Carmilla granted you a place off to the side as "the help" to serve tea or make notes as needed. No one ever batted an eye to someone considered just a worker bee in Carmilla's hive.

Every meeting was the same, though it seemed unease was rising after each extermination. Six years had passed since you fell into this hellhole (har har). Another extermination, another meeting. Sitting in your designated corner, you twirl your pen as the Overlords began taking their seats. Might as well be invisible - but you preferred it that way. As your mind slightly wonders to less important things, the quiet buzz of conversations around you fades away from your ears.

"—yes I know I’ve been absent some time. I'm sure you've ALL been wondering!"

Your attention snaps back with the sound of this charming new voice. The demon was dressed to the nines - red suit jacket, gloves, freshly pressed slacks. Your already preoccupied mind raced. Who the hell is that? Where has he been? Why does he have that shit eating grin?

He must hold some power to be sitting here after all these years…

"Not really. But welcome back in any case."

That dismissal from Camilla was enough for you to put aside any questions you had of the demon. You knew this meeting would be tense. Can't afford distractions when you needed to be all ears. As you began writing you felt something in the pit of your stomach. Was someone staring at you? You try to shake the feeling when Velvette made her grand entrance. With a sigh and eye roll you set aside your notebook. God damn this woman, no respect, no couth. Gonna be a long one today.

The sinking feeling returns, this time you catch the culprit. The (new to you) demon Overlord is staring at you as if you’re the only one in the room. You make eye contact hoping he moves his gaze, but it only fuels the intensity on you. That smile never faltering. Your ears ring and static pricks your ear drums. Can I fuckin help you sir? Wait no, you're just the help. Lower sinners would never even dream of speaking to an Overlord like such. Thankfully the eye contact breaks when Velvette tosses the head of an exorcist on the table.

Ah I suppose this will be quite a fascinating meeting…

#hazbin hotel #hazbin hotel alastor #alastor x reader #hazbin hotel x reader #fanfic #hazbin hotel fandom #hotel hazbin #hazbin alastor #hazbin fandom #hazbinhotel #alastor the radio demon #alastor hazbin hotel #x reader #reader insert #fem reader #slow burn #hazbin hotel lucifer #carmilla carmine #hazbin hotel carmilla

[penny00dreadful]

AO3

Death had visited Hawkins many times in the last few years, far too many times for their liking if they were being honest.

The twisted and unnatural things that had gone on within that small town were against Nature and Death was a part of Nature.

The cycle of the world was just one great big event of Life and Death but there had been so much here.

They remembered coming for Barbara Holland and though it might have seemed unfair, it was her time. Death didn’t take anyone before their time but at the very least they tried to bring her some peace, letting her see the stars one last time from underneath the water of the pool and letting the stars see her right back, twinkling above her as the water held her close.

Bob’s passage was less gentle. Stuck inside where nature couldn’t reach, torn and shredded and in agony, but still, Death tried to make his passing less terrifying, softly caressing his face and enveloping him in their dark wings quickly, not wanting him to be in pain any longer than he needed to be.

The others after that were more difficult.

A great big mess of people in a damp basement who did not deserve to go the way they did, disintegrating into a sludge of bodies, only to be puppeteered by a vile excuse for a human, then killed again. Nature had been forced to twist away from that one.

Death couldn’t do anything for them, no matter how they tried, there were just too many and too quickly, but still they hugged them all close and brought them to their passing.

It was times like those when Death wondered if their quiet, curious fascination with human life was something that was even worth continuing.

Humanity had such a talent for killing each other en masse and Death would be forced to observe, along with the grass and the trees and the clouds and the wind.

But humanity kept pulling their focus back. There was such a capacity for them to love each other too, even though sometimes they were hated for it. 

For the simple act of love.

Death watched as the two boys, children themselves really, though forced to become so much older, parted with a kiss at the Quarry, forced into a clandestine meeting after they had saved the world because of other people’s hate.

The wind tried to push them away, urging them to run, to move faster, to push themselves out of the series of events barrelling towards them but the boys just laughed, brushing hair from each other’s face before leaning in again.

The Quarry echoed up towards them, hoping to spook them into jumping into their own cars and peeling out of there at high speed, but the boys didn’t notice, too wrapped up in each other.

The evening sky watched on in silence, unable to do anything about the incoming storm and the small group gathering on the other side of town, ignorant and fearful and wanting to hurt in return.

Death had visited Eddie Munson before, just once. Not to take him, but to help him hold on. It wasn’t his time to die, no matter what others in the town thought. 

The boy was loud and brash and passionate, bursting at the seams with life and energy and light and Death didn’t want to see that pass unnecessarily. They refused to take him before they were due to.

They had leaned down, brushing a light kiss against his lips and had stepped back as his friends and one boy in particular threw themselves down next to him.

Steve Harrington had received multiple visits from Death over the years. 

Their first meeting had come on the tail end of a vicious beating and a plate over the head. The ground below him had shuddered with the impact and while the children around him screamed and he lay unconscious on the floor, Death had flapped their wings and flared that dying spark of life back up into a flame.

Barely a year later they had gone underground and brushed their fingers through his hair, while a girl spat in another man’s face. They could feel the earth around them try to reach out to support, but being held back by metal walls and a sickening aura from another world.

Then again only a day later while the sky and the sunlight and the pollen could only watch through the windows, Death took his hand, pulling life back into him from his slumped position on the couch he’d been sleeping on, still in his uniform.

The next time was more difficult. Trapped in another world that Death couldn’t reach, if Steve died there, then he’d be there forever. But the boy had just managed to make it back to the other side, cradling Eddie’s body close.

It wasn’t until he stepped back outside the hospital, all of his responsibilities temporarily being watched over by nurses and doctors and he had screamed, harsh and loud and bloody into the night. He collapsed, the dirt below trying to cushion him from hurting himself more than he already had been.

Death had stayed with him until someone found him, keeping him warm in their arms, but never closing their wings, not all the way. 

It wasn’t his time.

They watched as both boys came together, feeling young again, even though they had to hide. But they found happiness in each other, even if others could only look on in confusion or anger, threatened by what they refused to understand.

The group across town began to move, intent on driving him out of town for good this time, believing him to be a stain on their pristine lawns.

It was ridiculous and Death could do nothing to stop it.

They watched as Steve buzzed around his empty home, getting dinner prepared for himself, full of light and love.

When the group arrived, they didn’t announce their presence with a polite knock on the door but with a rock through the window, followed quickly by glass and gasoline and fire.

With the window broken, wind could now enter but it stayed away, not wanting to fan the flames as Steve gripped his bat, slowly and carefully walking back towards his patio door.

There were only six of them, but six against one were still terrible odds, no matter the creatures Steve had fought in the past.

His walkie was out of reach, sitting innocently in the kitchen along with the landline and his dinner burning on the stove, too far out of reach.

There was a scramble of movement as they broke through the windows, through the front door. 

Jason’s parents, Andy Johnson, that dog walker, Steve’s own neighbours and Chrissy Cunningham's younger brother were amongst the crowd and wasn't that the most devastating thing? 

Whipped up into a frenzy of hate and fear at barely twelve years old, by those supposed to look out for him, believing they were teaching him to take care of his town, handing the future to him.

Because of course they chose Steve to hunt.

He was one of them. He should be one of them. He was the one their daughters should be bringing home, the one they should be shaking hands with in church or sharing beers with.

Eddie was already an outsider. He wasn't a reflection of them. He didn't hold a mirror up, showing how much they could change, how far they could fall, how empty all of them were inside.

But these were the people Steve used to associate with. They saw him as more of a blight on the town than any of the other outsiders because he used to be them and if he could fall, then they must be able to too, right?

So they had to tear and scratch and burn to convince themselves that no, he was, is in fact wrong. He had always been that way. He was never right, not like them. No, they could never fall the way he did.

He was a disease and so they had to cut the disease out, had to eradicate any trace in case the infection spread.

As much as everyone pretended the religious fervour had died down, the town had only just gotten a taste.

It had whet their appetite for mob mentality and they were thirsty for more, feeling they were morally full to the brim but were in fact starved of compassion, blind to anything outside of their own comfort.

They claimed to be loving, to be healing, to be all welcoming with plastic smiles and greedy eyes but they would run anyone over who stepped a foot out of line. 

And unfortunately, Steve stepped out of line. He broke the mould and they believed they had to punish him for it.

The patio door crashed open and Steve was running out towards the woods before they could find him, his old home billowing thick black smoke at his back.

Death knew his parents wouldn't care. The insurance pay out from the fire would be more than enough to soften the blow, cosy in their new home in New York City. 

They would never publicly acknowledge what happened here but privately they would thank their neighbours for their crusade.

The grass could feel the thud, thud, thud of fearful running footsteps. Broken twigs and slippery leaves caught him unawares and were apologetic but powerless to do anything about it as shouts full of hate and the frenetic energy of bloodlust followed him into the woods.

The trees that surround them, that had shielded Steve and the chasing group alike whenever they needed it, could feel when he was disarmed and the bat was thrown to the side, the bloodsoaked nails digging into the earth as it fell.

None of them were brave enough to use such a deadly weapon against him, fearing too much the consequences of being the one to pick it up and undoubtedly have the responsibility of killing him, and Steve was not enough of a coward to use the bat against the group.

Strikes landed against the trees, from fists that missed him and from impacts travelling through Steve’s body and into the wood, cracking their bark and flaking it off. The earth soaked up the blood that was spilled heavy and hot but too metallic for nutrition. 

Adrenaline came fast and hard but left just as quickly and when the group looked at what they had done, the haze of anger and righteous indignation no longer thick enough to colour their perception of their actions, they took a step back, each of them sickened somewhere deep inside by what they had done but none of them were bold enough to admit it to the other.

Steve was still full of the need to keep living so he took an opportunity where he saw it, forcing his broken body to run again in a slightly delirious way, making it back to his car. 

The group didn’t follow immediately but it wouldn’t take long for them to realise that Steve knew each and every one of them and that maybe allowing him to get away alive might no longer have been an option.

Death could see Steve peel out of his driveway, his car always at the front of the house and ready to go after years of dealing with the end of the world. 

Across town, Eddie was practising a new piece on his guitar, full of joyful energy and barely able to contain his excitement when he got it right, almost jumping for joy and eager to tell Steve the next time he saw him.

Robin was in her room, pouring over books on cryptography, a fascination for her that began in the back room of an ice-cream parlour and hasn’t left her since. She had come to terms with the fact that this might be what she wanted to do with the rest of her life, but she would have to travel far to be able to study it, unsure of how to bring it up to her soulmate because she wanted him to come with her and to bring along his new love as well.

But still it would be a big change.

A big conversation.

The kids sat in the basement of the Wheeler home, giving Will back his DM seat, just between them. It was an apology for all that they had discounted his passions before, just like Steve had advised them to do and the bond between all of them glowed ever brighter.

The blinking stars watched as the car veered, swaying dangerously at speed from one side of the road to the other.

The crunch of metal and the impact splintered some of the thinner trees, leaves and branches falling onto the scene below, one sputtering headlight pointing out into the forest, a lighthouse in the night.

Somewhere in town a walkie crackled to life.

The skies opened up and the rain did what it could to help, washing the blood away and Death descended.

Steve blinked his eyes open.

“Hello.”

Death was unable to respond for a moment, but eventually replied, “Hello.”

“I’ve seen you before.”

“Too many times.”

Death crouched low, one wing extended over them, to keep the rain off his face.

“Am I coming with you? There’s so much left I need to do.”

Death heard it all before. People begged for more time, offering a card game for their soul, but Death doesn’t trade in souls. That was not their business. 

They would always promise Death other lives, other deaths in place of their own, money, power, glory, kingdoms, countries if they would just let them live a little while longer.

It never worked and Death never bargains.

Their time was their time and nothing on earth would ever be able to change that.

Death was nothing if not fair.

But even so, Steve didn’t beg. He didn’t try to bargain or trick. He was just asking. He wanted to know what to expect.

“No.” They answered. “Not yet.”

Death got down to their knees, hovering over him, close enough to throw him into shadow.

“But eventually?”

They nodded. “Everyone comes with me eventually.”

They lowered themselves down, pressing their lips softly against Steve’s as his eyes slipped closed again. 

“But not you. Not today.”

On the road just behind them, a deer jumped out, bounding across the black expanse, spooked by a branch a nearby tree dropped, sacrificed just in time.

Tires screeched to a halt. 

The wind had been at their back the entire time. 

Birds are sent flapping frantically into the sky as the screams of Steve’s friends and love rip through the air.

Death watched from above as they did everything in their power to get him out, get him to safety.

When he was eventually taken to a larger hospital in the city Steve was watched over at every available second by a slowly revolving door of people who would not leave him, even if Death themselves asked them to.

Steve never stepped foot back in Hawkins again after he crashed just beyond the ‘Now Leaving Hawkins’ sign, but he was not without his people.

The family that Steve had built up around him were merciless in their judgement of the town. Those who were able to, leave immediately. Eddie and Wayne only enter Hawkins again to gather up their most prized of prized possessions, happy to never ever look back on it, no matter what might crawl out of the ground.

Robin and her parents, who had come to see Steve as a second son, followed not long after.

Some of the kids' parents were more ready to leave than others, but eventually they all did, all of them disturbed and terrified and angry.

Every single one of Steve’s family was happy to leave the town to rot without them, there was nothing left for them there anymore.

They all follow him. 

Every single one. 

And he is once again surrounded.

Everyone he had ever helped, ever loved, ever stood in front of them and Death for.

They all surround him and they are all there, many, many years later when Death comes for him for the last time. His family was waiting on either side of the veil for him, old and grey and wrinkled.

But they were all there for him. 

AO3

Based off of Take Me To Church

All my love to @hbyrde36, my friend and beta for screaming with me over this.

Written for the @strangerthingswritersguild Hozier Project

Gonna tag @griefabyss69 and @starryeyedjanai who sent in asks about this fic for a previous WIP Weekend post. 🖤

#stwg #STWG Hozier Project #steddie #stranger things #eddie munson #steve harrington #steve x eddie #penny00dreadful #eddie x steve #steddie fanfic #steddie fic #fanfic #hozier songfic #take me to church #hozier #take me to church songfic

[httpjungkookcom]

Man Eater Hunting | JJK (m)

Pairing | Jungkook x Reader

Word Count | 46K (It’s a long one.)

Genre | Idol! Jungkook x "Man Eater”! Reader, Hella Smut 

Summary | Namjoon’s never very aware of what he says when he’s drunk, and this time is no exception to that rule. Unknowingly, Joon creates a chain of events that lead to his youngest member actively chasing his best friend. All under the pretense that you’re an untouchable, unpleasable, man eater. 

Index | sexual content, dirty talking, Jungkook also gets praised a lot so kind of praise kink (?), fingering (both male and female receiving, oops), oral (both male and female receiving), unprotected sex, sub! Jk for the majority, soft dom! Jk at the end, overstimulation, hair pulling, jungkook is so shy and flustered around reader, big schlong jk, jungkook pinning like never before

A/N | They fuck A LOT. Also based off my previous post: Popular Jungkook who is just DYING to get into the readers pants. But she knows this and can obviously tell, so she makes it her absolute mission to tease him to hell and back...… … and does his absolute best to make her cum until her legs give out. 

Parties were never really your thing, in high school, in college, and even into adulthood, they’ve never been very appealing to you. The loud, head splitting music, mixed with human bodies dancing and slamming into each other, and lastly the stale smell of sweat and spilt drinks is enough to make your mind reel. Namjoon, as much as you love him, is lucky that you’ve even shown up. Granted, he did tell you it would be “A small get together with my members and a few friends.” As the house continues to fill with bodies, you now realize that he’s used his intelligence to trick you into coming.

There's happy birthday signs strung up above the door frames, balloons tied to table centerpieces, and shiny streamers littered all over the house. Namjoon himself is wearing a crown (that you bought him as a joke), and a sash that reads an obnoxiously immature BIRTHDAY BOY!!! that came with the crown. Admittedly, despite it being his birthday, he does look a bit ridiculous as he welcomes guests in. 

From the couch, you watch and laugh at some of the guests' reactions to Namjoon’s outfit. Some aren’t surprised in the slightest, giving him a warm embrace before immediately making their way inside. Most people head for the kitchen, making themselves some sort of alcoholic drink before socializing. However, other’s are clearly taken back by his outfit, wide eyes beginning to question his choices. You can hear a faint, “How much money did it take to convince you to wear this?” from the door, causing you to smile. Namjoon answers with a heartwarming, “Y/N bought it for me.” This makes you smile even harder, watching your best friend since freshman year in college. 

Eventually, everyone is filtered in and mingling, finally giving Joon a break from his hosting job. Namjoon is holding your hands, dragging you up from the couch before you even have a chance to argue with him. “Jungkook is here, you gotta meet him!” Namjoon yells over the music, dragging you to the youngest member you’ve yet to have the privilege to meet. Every time you’ve visited Joon, Jungkook was always scheduled to do something else. You’ve never really thought much of it, assuming that you’d meet whenever you got the chance to. 

“Namjoon-Hyung!” Is yelled over the music, causing both you and Joon to spin around almost immediately. You can see the smile on Namjoon’s face even in the dark, Joon dragging you by the hand over to the voice. While you did hear it, you’re unsure of who it was as the mass of bodies collided with one another. 

“Jungkook! I was just coming to look for you. I want to introduce you to my friend from college, we’ve been good friends for years now. Jungkook, this is Y/N, Y/N, this is Jungkook, the youngest member of our group.” Namjoon quickly introduces you, a bright smile adorning his face throughout the entire interaction. “Y/N’s met everyone but you, Kook. You’re always so busy whenever she comes around.”

“It’s a pleasure to meet you, Jungkook.” You smile, bowing slightly to him. He quickly returns the gesture, bowing lower than you. 

“The pleasure is all mine, believe me. Namjoon-Hyung has told me so much about you over the years. You’re almost like a celebrity within our group.” Jungkook chuckles, earning a small elbow to the ribs from Namjoon, which he ignores. Before you can even fully register, Namjoon is being whisked away by another party guest. You and Jungkook are left standing awkwardly in the middle of the room, sharing glances but neither of you know what to really say. 

“It was really nice meeting you, I'll definitely see you around Kook.” You smile, giving him a small bow once more before making your way back to your comfort couch. Much to your surprise, Jungkook is following you back, taking a seat next to you. As you get comfortable on one side, you raise an eyebrow as he occupies the other cushion. “Kook? What’s up?” You question a small smirk playing on your face. From the way he’s sitting, you already can see what he wants. He’s leaning back, legs spread a considerable amount, one arm is the back on the couch, hand just barely behind your shoulder blades. His other hand rests on the arm rest next to him, holding his drink. 

He leans into you, “I’ve heard a lot about you, you know?” He says, his voice smooth and soft in your ears. You can almost hear the flirt in his voice. 

“Yeah? All bad things I hope.” You answer back, almost allowing your lips to graze his ear. At this, you can see him readjust his hips to face you a bit more. At the move, his arm is now closer to fully encompassing your body. 

“I can definitely say I’m not disappointed.” Kook answers back, “You’re very pretty, Y/N.” 

“You’re very attractive too, bun.” You mumble, allowing your lips to graze his ear. You can almost see him melt, hips now continuously readjusting as you place a hand on his closest knee. Spotting Taehyung across the room, you smile slightly. “Your band members are looking at you.” You giggle, nodding over to them. Jungkook slightly untangles himself from your pretzel, looking across the room to them. Taehyung is staring at Jungkook, eyes slightly wide. You can see Jimin standing by Tae, but you’re honestly not sure if he’s paying you any mind. “Was this your plan for tonight?”

Jungkook snaps his head back over to you, quick to open his mouth to refute the situation. He calms slightly as you smirk at him, hand just sliding up the slightest onto his thigh. “I think they’re just surprised you’re here, don’t pay any attention to them.” With a smirk spread across his face, he places a small kiss onto your jaw. A small hum is enough to spur him on, another kiss being placed lower onto your neck. 

“Meet me in the upstairs bathroom.” You whisper to him, glancing across the room one last time. Tae is still stealing glances, likely doing his best to see how Jungkook’s flirting is progressing. At the eye contact, his attention is quickly diverted to the floor. Jungkook almost jumps out of his skin, eyes blown wide at your suggestion. You offer a question. “Did I misread, bun? Is that not what you wanted?” 

“No, no it’s great. I’ll meet you there, you go first.” Jungkook answers, sitting back on the couch to allow you to get up. You do, making your way past Tae and towards the stairs. It’s almost 5 minutes before the door is opened again, Jungkook slowly stepping into the room. For a minute, you truly didn’t think that he would come and meet you in the bathroom. Unknown to you, Jungkook just whisper-yelled to Taehyung for approximately four and a half minutes before hauling ass to the bathroom. 

“I thought you said she was hard to bag!! She told me to meet her in the bathroom!” Jungkook answers, eyes wide as he stares at Taehyung. 

“Well, I don’t know! That’s just what I’ve heard. Maybe she likes you!” Tae answers, looking up at the stairs to ensure you’re not lingering. 

“Well what do I do?”

“Kiss her? Give her head? She gives you head?” Taehyung is throwing out any ideas from his brain, wondering just how Jungkook got himself into this situation. 

Taehyung heard once, from a very drunk Namjoon, that you were impossible to please. A ‘man eater, but without multiple partners’ as Joon drunkenly babbled. Thinking it was funny, Tae told this to Jungkook (who was then determined to prove Tae wrong.) Truthfully, Jungkook wasn’t really expecting you to offer a trip to the bathroom. After being introduced to you, Jungkook was expecting you to shut his attempts down immediately. You’re much prettier than he imagined, your looks and sweet personality going straight to his head. 

“So how do I woo her over?”

“Dude, she’s going to eat you alive.” Tae mumbles, pushing him up the stairs. At the shove, Jungkook slightly trips up the stairs as the toe of his boot hit’s the edge. It’s like sending your son off to war, knowing there’s a very real possibility of him being eaten alive. Glancing over to Jimin, Jimin can only giggle. 

“Didn’t think you were going to show for a second there.” You giggle, gently grabbing his collar and pulling him closer to your body. “Thought you were going to stand me up.” You smile, placing a hot kiss on his neck. Immediately, he’s putty in your hands as a small whimper falls past his lips. “What held you back, talking to Tae?” You ask, placing more kisses to his neck and jaw. He easily follows your lead, shuffling over to the closed toilet before sitting down. You follow, straddling his thighs and easily sitting on his lap. 

“How? …No.” Jungkook mumbles, “Nothing like that.” 

“Hm, is that so?” You smile, pressing your body closer to his. You easily tangle your hands in his hair, tugging slightly. Finally, your lips brush across his, the slightest touch making Jungkook keen. Eventually, you give in despite your better judgment, smashing your lips onto his. 

Easily, he kisses you back as if you’ve rehearsed it before. Each movement is precise, lips molding into one another's. You can taste the faint alcohol on his lips from his drink, a mix of strawberry and some other flavor. One of his hands holds your waist, the other resting on the curve of your ass as he pulls you closer to his chest. Without realizing, you're slowly grinding your hips into his. Each tug on his hair, each bite on his lips earns you a small whine.

“My whiny, needy baby.” You hum, earning another whimper from Jungkook. The tent underneath you is undeniable, Jungkook’s jeans clearly constricting him. “My sweet boy, sweet bun.” You hum, allowing your hands to slip underneath his shirt. Slowly, you rake your hands along his torso, feeling every inch of skin you can reach. “But, I’m not that easy Kook. Not sure what Tae told you, but I don’t sleep with every guy that gives me the slightest bit of attention.”

Jungkook’s eyes suddenly widened for the second time of the night, “No, no Tae didn’t say that. Nothing like that, I swear.”

“What did he say?” You hum, placing kisses along his neck. You listen to him scramble to explain what the situation is, obviously distracted as his hips begin to buck slightly against you. “Tell me what secret you’re passing around about me.”

Jungkook swallows hard before speaking, “We, uhm, we don’t think you sleep with everyone. W-we’d never think that of you. It’s the opposite actually…man eater.”

“Man eater?” You ask again, pulling a nod from him. You honestly have to fight that laugh that threatens to escape your throat. “You might get lucky next time, bun.” You smile, “Today though, I’m afraid you and Tae’s little scheme used up all your luck.”

“Wait-” You speak before he has the chance to continue his defense.

“I’ll see you next time, Kook.” You smirk, placing a small kiss onto the corner of his mouth before leaving the bathroom. Walking downstairs, you avoid Tae’s glance with a burning vigor. Your head is held low as you scurry past him and Jimin, darting as fast as possible into the kitchen. Quickly scanning the room, you find Namjoon by the sink pouring shots out. With a chorus of groans and complaints from his friends, you pull him aside. His eyes are slightly wide as he stares back at you, both concerned and confused. 

“Long story short, Jungkook hit on me but I could tell something was up with him and Tae. So I made out with him in the bathroom and left him with a boner because apparently Tae and him think I'm a man eater. And now, I'm trying to figure out who told them I'm a so-called man eater. Hm, Kim?” He’s a bit tipsy, and isn’t exactly processing your entire question. Namjoon’s eyes are wide as he stares back at you. 

“You made out…with Jungkook?” He points an accusatory finger at you.

“Yes, I just said that.”

“And he liked it? He got a boner?? He likes you then!”

“Yes, maybe? I don't know. Listen,” You’re a bit shocked at the lack of understanding, so you reiterate. “Namjoon, did you tell them I'm a man eater?”

“Sober? No.” Namjoon states, pausing to think. “Drunk… maybe.” Maybe? What does he mean by maybe?

“Namjoon…”

“What? You know how I am when I’m drunk, I like to share my infinite knowledge with my friends.” He laughs at himself, half expecting you to laugh with him. Instead, you stare at him with a sense of disbelief. “Okay, fine. I think it was new year and it was only me, Tae and Yoongi I think. And I was kinda drunk, and I was telling them some college story about us. I think when we lived in that shitty apartment together, where you could hear through the walls? And it kinda smelt like paint all the time?” He explains, beginning to get off topic. One glance at you and he quickly returns to the issue at hand, “And I think I just blurted it out without realizing. And then threw up in the bathroom.”

“New years? Joon, that was so long ago!” You whine, fake strangling him as he laughs at you. Even if you really tried, you don’t think you could be actually angry at him. You’ve known him for so long now that you’re well aware that he genuinely didn’t  mean any harm, and sometimes he just gets ahead of himself. “Okay, I'm running out of here before Jungkook has a chance to catch me again. Since it’s your birthday, I won't kill you yet. Happy birthday, Joon. I love you, I'll see you later.” You wrap him in a quick hug before pulling back, gently fixing his tilted crown, and then effectively booking it out of there. You assume Jungkook would be by Tae, so you avoid the stairs as you exit the house. Driving home, you try to convince yourself that it could be worse. 

Tae easily grabs Jungkook as he sprints down the stairs, catching his elbow before he has the chance to scurry after you. “Kook? What happened? You get her?” Taehyung has the biggest boxy smile spread across his face, a hint of disbelief in his eyes. So much for you being a so-called man eater by Joon. 

“What? No. Not even close.” Jungkook mumbles, hands coming in front of him. 

Tae continues to hold his elbow, noticing the shift. Glancing down, Tae see’s Jungkook clearly trying to cover his crotch with folded hands. Jimin also notices the folded hands, mixed with the slightly embarrassed expression written all over his face. “Are you serious right now?” Tae asks, faking a gag as he rips his hand away. A small laugh comes from Jimin, furthering Kook’s embarrassment. “So what happened?”

“She sat me down on the toilet, made out with me, and then asked me to tell her what me and you were up to.” Jungkook mumbles, “and pulled my hair and called me her whiny needy baby.”

“That’s hot.” Jimin inputs his two cents, the three men all nodding slightly in agreement. 

“So what now? Did you get her number, maybe she’s just not the hookup in a bathroom type.” Tae asks, smacking Jungkook's arm with a smile. 

“All she said is she’ll see me next time, so that’s  good I guess?” Jungkook groans, “Tae, she’s hot. Like really, really hot.” 

As the next couple of weeks progress, Jungkook thinks that he’s never going to see you again. Purposely, he’s been going to group hangouts just on the off chance you come to one of them. The members notice this right away, teasing him out of a confession. Admittedly, the confession still doesn't stop the teasing. Jimin and Tae act as Kook’s wing men from then on, both slightly shocked that his liking to you wasn’t just a one time thing. When Jungkook mumbled, I think I kinda maybe like Y/N, Jimin and Tae shared a glance that could have conveyed 1000 words.  

To save him the embarrassment, the two of them take turns going to group events just on the off chance that you show. Jokingly, they made a 3 way pinky promise to text the group chat the second they catch sight of you. The group chat, consisting of the three of them, is called Mission Y/N : Kook’s Man Eater. (Jungkook’s complaints were met by deaf ears, and he was outvoted 2 to 1.) It’s a random Saturday night when the group chat is pinged (Jungkook even turned on notifications), the message “Hottie spotted, Yoongi, Joon, her and me at karaoke bar” from Jimin on his screen. 

Jungkook gets ready like a madman, doing his absolute best to put on an attractive outfit. This includes his signature chunky boots matches with various accessories. Before even replying to the group chat, Jungkook is running out of his house. Jungkook shows up relatively unannounced, shocking everyone slightly as he steps into the room. Jimin is the least surprised, Yoongi the most as he shouts “When did you show up?!” over the music. The commotion causes you to look over, honestly slightly surprised to see him too. Looking at Joon, he just shrugs it off, continuing to belt into a microphone. 

Everyone settles down, all taking their respective seats. Jungkook sits in between Joon and Jimin, you on the other side of Joon, and then Yoongi on your other side. Jungkook can’t even convey how badly he wants to switch places with Joon, but he doesn’t mention it. It’s not until Yoongi and Joon stand up, declaring “We ordered more drinks, but we’re gonna go help the staff grab them. We ordered a lot,” that Jungkook has a chance to interact with you. Seeing the obvious opportunity, Jimin delivers a slap to Jungkook’s back before following the two of them out, mumbling a small “I’ll help!” 

“Thought Joon said you weren’t gonna come?” You laugh, taking the chance to slide closer to Jungkook. He’s cute when he’s flustered, doing his best to maintain his composure and come up with answers that make sense. He looks good underneath the flashing lights, his piercings and jewelry sparkling whenever the light catches them. “You look good tonight, bun.”

The pet name immediately shoots to his core, a small hum falling past his lips. “Couldn’t miss you being here.” he smiles, wrapping an arm around you and pulling you closer to his body. 

“Think your luck is better today?” You smile, kissing his jaw. 

“I really want it to be.” Jungkook mumbles, almost sounding like a whine. 

“Surely not in the karaoke room?” You smile, leaning up to place a kiss onto his lips. His eyes are slightly hooded, taking and relishing in whatever touch you give him. He’s extremely sensitive as you slip your hand underneath the slightly unbuttoned shirt, gently pinching a nipple. His chest pushes forward against your hand, seeking more touch. “How’d you deal last time, find someone to sleep with besides me?” You tease, allowing your hand to fall to his lap. “Are you always this easy to rile up or do you just really like me?” You smile, gently grinding the palm of your hand into him. 

Jungkook let’s out a small moan, allowing his head to fall into the crook of your neck to muffle himself. “No, just really like you.” He admits, face flushing a bright red. Before you have another chance to tease him, he speaks up, “Let me take you on a date, please.”

“A date?” you smile, grinding your palm with a bit more pressure. “I thought you just wanted to fuck?” You laugh, watching as Jungkook pulls his face back slightly, heavy eyes staring at you as if his life depends on it. 

“Please, I wanna take you out. Anywhere you want, anytime.” He mumbles, leaning forward. Your lips easily connect, Jungkook is eager to taste you. 

Pulling back, you’re met with puppy eyes that search for any sign of wrongdoing. Quickly reassuring him, you pull your phone out. “I guess it could be fun, I don't know about anytime though, Mr. idol.” He doesn't respond to the tease immediately, focused on inputting his number into your phone. Looking at the name, you giggle slightly. It reads Jungkook (Namjoon’s group member.) “Oh Kook,” You laugh, changing it to “kook” with a bunny emoji next to it. You also send him a quick text so he has your number. 

“Also for you, anytime.” Your lips meet again before you can even fully register it, Jungkook easily uses his strength to hoist you onto his lap. Jungkook’s hands are immediately resting on your ass, kneading the flesh underneath his palms as much as he can given your outfit. Your hands tangle in his hair once again, pulling and tugging on his soft locks. Each tug makes him release a small groan, encouraging you to continue doing it. 

“What if we walk in and they’re butt ass naked-” that’s definitely Jimin

“They won't be, shut up.” then Yoongi

“Ew, don’t talk about my friend like that.” and lastly, poor Namjoon. 

The two of you almost shove each other away, you’re adjusting your clothes and Jungkook furiously tries to finger brush his hair out. You could honestly laugh if the other guys weren’t currently walking into the room. “Ugh, finally!” you complain, getting up and grabbing a cocktail off of Namjoon’s tray. “You guys couldn’t have taken longer even if you tried.” You laugh, resuming your spot on the sofa. Namjoon and Yoongi are immediately arguing with you, making you laugh. 

Jimin is eyeing Jungkook, trying to figure out if the two of you just sat in silence the entire time. If you did, Jimin would honestly feel bad for the two of you. After setting down the tray and taking his seat next to Kook, he can see his lips better underneath the dim lighting. His lower lip is slightly swollen and red, causing Jimin to plaster on his shit eating grin. Jimin makes a mental note to text the group chat later. 

With more drinks, everyone gets more comfortable and bubbly. You and Yoongi are singing and dancing with each other, jokingly holding hands as you swing your arms. Namjoon is dancing in his seat, and Jimin and Kook are swaying side to side as they drink. As the song winds down to its end, you grab one of the microphones before thrusting it to the general direction of Jungkook and Jimin. “You guys haven't sung at all, come on. Woo us over, boys.” You laugh, making Joon smile as Jimin tentatively takes the microphone. Jimin and Kook share a look of confusion, slowly getting up. 

“Yeah boys, let's go.” Yoongi giggles, the alcohol finally catching up to him. You laugh as Yoongi leans forward, slapping Jungkook's ass before he has a chance to avoid the strike. Jimin immediately notices, moving far enough away to avoid an impending slap. 

You, Namjoon, and Yoongi watch as the two of them pick a slow song, beginning to dance and sway to the music. You laugh as Jimin quickly turns it into a tease, gesturing to Yoongi before slowly dragging his hand along his face. Namjoon is next, Jungkook strutting over before grabbing a handful of his hair. The look on Namjoon's face makes you burst out laughing, Jungkook failing to keep his composure as he also cracks up. 

You’re well aware that it's your turn next, Jimin releasing Yoongi’s face and slowly making his way over to you. Jungkook realizes, moving to Yoongi in the meantime. The laugh you let out is atrocious, Jimin spinning around so his back is facing you. Slowly, he sat down onto your lap before reaching around and grabbing one of your hands. With a giant smirk, he places it onto his ass. “I can touch?!” You laugh over the music, lightly slapping the skin underneath your palm. The slap makes Jimin giggle before crawling up, now making his way over to Namjoon. 

Jungkook is making his way over before you even have a chance to recover, a giant smile spread across his face. He easily straddles your lap, knees on either side of the sofa as he sits down onto your lap. Yoongi lets out  a loud whoop that makes you laugh, Jungkook smiling so hard that the corners of his eyes are crinkling slightly. One hand holds the karaoke microphone to his lips, the other snaking around to grab a fistful of your hair. “Oh?” you ask, laughing slightly. He tugs on your hair slightly, making you peer up to him. Your hands rest on his thighs, squeezing them slightly. Slowly leaning in, you think he’s going to kiss you before he abruptly pulls away, a tease through and through. 

Him and Jimin make their way back to the microphone stands, finishing up the song. You and Yoongi let out loud whoops and cheers, Namjoon slightly shocked as he sits there and slowly claps his hands. You can’t help but laugh, reaching over to smooth out his hair that is still disheveled from Jungkook. The night basically ends from there, no one wanting to go up because “There’s no beating that performance.” Instead, the group finished up the drinks that were ordered while talking over soft music playing in the background. You learn a lot more about Yoongi than you previously knew, swearing up and down that his life experiences were the most interesting thing you've ever heard. (It may have been the alcohol talking, honestly.) 

While you’re busy talking to Yoongi, Jimin takes the opportunity to whisper to Jungkook. “What’d you two do when we left?” Jimin whispers, pulling Jungkook's head closer to him. “Don't tell me that you just sat here in silence the entire time!”

“No, give me some credit, jeez!” Jungkook whispers back, rolling his eyes slightly. “I got her number and asked if I could take her out on a date. I think it worked because she said that she’d let me.”

“That's it?! No making out, no grinding, nothing?!” Jimin asked, mouth slightly open.

“That’s an invasion of privacy.” He whispers, making Jimin's jaw fall open even more. Since when?? “Listen, I just don’t wanna tell her business too.”

Jimin still stares in disbelief at Jungkook, “I’m telling Taehyung.” He says before whipping his phone out of his back pocket. This statement makes Jungkook laugh, shrugging Jimin's vague threat off before joining in on the group's conversation. It’s somehow trailed off into college stories, you and Namjoon laughing and jokingly slapping each other. 

Once again, Namjoon opens his mouth just a bit too much and spills your sex life without even realizing. “Y/N was a complete bombshell in college, smoking hot, had boys wrapped around the block for her. Every single one was denied, apparently too fake daddy doms and unsatisfactory-”

You slap your hand over his mouth before he can even continue his words, a loud slap smack filling the room. You wouldn’t be surprised if you accidentally gave him a fat lip, but at that point it was little concern to you. “Namjoon doesn’t know what he's talking about.” You mumble through gritted teeth, still pressing your hand against his mouth. “You know how he gets when he’s tipsy.” You laugh, trying to lighten the situation. Jimin, Jungkook, and Yoongi all just stare at the two of you, Namjoon beginning to writher as you press his head back into the sofa. “Namjoon, I could kill you right now. I mean it.”

This makes Yoongi laugh, shrugging off the awkward situation. “Eh, understandable though. No one likes an annoying guy in bed, especially me.” This turns all of the attention from you to Yoongi, who realizes what he said as he’s met with slightly wide eyes. “I mean, theoretically. Anyway, I'm going to get going.” Yoongi mumbles, getting up out of his seat and collecting his belongings. 

“It’s okay, Yoongi. No one’s judging here.” You smile, giving him a thumbs up in an attempt to reassure him. “Get home safe, call a cab or something.”

“Oh, for sure.” Yoongi smiles, throwing back whatever was left in his cup before setting it back down. The gesture makes you laugh before standing up, giving him a small hug before he leaves. The others follow, bidding him a goodnight with a chorus of Get home safe! Don’t throw up in the car! 

The four of you stay, leisurely finishing your drinks as the night winds down. The horror that flashes across your face is undeniable, Yoongi sending you a video attachment. Without even clicking play, you can tell it’s your lap dances from dumb and dumber just from the thumbnail. Quickly, you push it out of your mind before anyone realizes. 

In the karaoke room, Namjoon is almost falling asleep, head resting on your shoulder as he fights his eyelids to stay open. It makes you smile, gently reaching over to pat his head, “Joonie, you should probably get going. If you want, I'll come with you to make sure you get in safely.” You smile, imagining Namjoon passed out in the back of the cab. Before he has a chance to reply, Jimin is jumping up out of his seat and hoisting him up.

“Uh, we live in the same building anyway. So, uh, yeah it just makes sense for us to go home together. Plus, that way we don’t have to call two cabs…”

“...Right.” You don’t buy it, but you still get up to hug them goodbye, wishing them a safe trip. Once again, you and Jungkook are left in that godforsaken karaoke room. “So Jimin’s what, your wing man?” You smile, jokingly punching his arm. You find yourself sliding closer to him once more, easily wrapped under his arm. 

“No, he just thinks he is.” Jungkook shrugs, a gentle smile on his face. “Let me drive you home.” 

“You drank-”

“Like one, and that was earlier.” He defends himself, pulling you closer to him. Your lips easily slot together, and it feels like you can't stay away from each other even if you tried. It's a much softer kiss than earlier, lips slowly sliding across each other. Your hand rests on his lower abdomen as the other wraps around his back, hugging him slightly. “Plus, if I don't drive home I'll have to come pick up my car tomorrow morning.”

“You interrupted our kiss to say that, really?” You tease, pulling yourself away from him. “Okay Kook, get up and walk in a straight line.” With a loud groan, he gets up and walks from one side of the room to the other, placing the heel of one foot onto his toe. After he makes it across (decent at best), you get up and begin to collect your stuff. Jungkook secretly celebrates behind you. “You’re lucky I’m not a cop, I'd arrest you.” You joke. 

You and Kook walk out with your arms linked, you embarrassing stumbling more than Jungkook. The car he leads you to almost stops you in your tracks, glancing up at him to see if he was joking. “Well, here we are.” He smiles, opening the passenger door for you and waiting for you to climb in. 

“You’re joking? A Benz, Kook?'' It's a beautiful car, wrapped in a sleek black wrap that makes it look even more appealing. You almost don’t want to get into it, the interior looking just as appealing as the exterior. “You couldn't drive some busted up Honda?” You whine, slowly climbing in and trying to make sure you don't knock anything with your shoes. Patting your pockets to ensure you have everything, Jungkook makes his way over to the driver seat. 

“What, you don’t like it?” Jungkook laughs, starting the car. 

“I forget you’re rich.” You laugh. The two of you sit in the car for maybe 3 minutes, you finally glance over to Jungkook. It finally hits you that he doesn’t know where to drive, but you’re also confused why he wouldn’t just ask for your address. You laugh, telling him and watching him type it in. “You’ve gotta be kidding me.” You laugh as the map comes up onto the screen, directing him where to drive. “I hate rich people.”

Jungkook just laughs as he begins driving, extremely carefully you notice. You decide not to tease him about it, thinking it’s sweet. It’s not until you get to your apartment complex that one of you speaks up, in this case Jungkook. “Let me walk you up.”

“I’d like that.” You smile, nodding. Just as carefully as you climbed in, you climb back out. “Don’t make fun of my housing situation though, I'll rip your dick off.” You threaten, linking arms with Jungkook as you walk in. 

“I’d never.” He laughs, letting you lead the way. You’re at your door before you know it, unlocking the two locks and stepping in halfway. 

“I’d invite you in, but I'm afraid you’d like that too much.” You smirk, watching his reaction. “Text me when you get home safe, Kook. Goodnight.” You smile, leaning forward and placing a kiss onto his cheek. Before he can respond, you’re darting back into the safety of your apartment before he has the chance to see you blush. Just as he was told, he texts you less than 30 minutes later with a cute, 

Made it home, good night :)

There’s a picture attachment, and for a second you think that it’s going to be some sort of nude. To your surprise (delight), it’s a picture of him and his dog laying down. You reply with a small, cuteeee, before allowing yourself to fall asleep. 

On Jungkook's end, Jimin and Taehyung are blowing up the group chat. Jimin’s outraged with Kook's sudden secret-ness, and Taehyung is more confused than anything. There's at least 5 text messages of What happened tonight? What? What do you mean he won't spill the details?? Turning off his notifications (he has your number now), Jungkook rolls over before falling asleep. 

______

The next morning Jungkook is sitting up out of bed, slightly confused, but quickly determining that it was a good night. In fact, he even pats himself on the back a little just as a personal pick me up. While he thinks it went well, he can’t exactly remember all of the details. He's flying to the group chat before another minute passes by. 

What happened last night?

We don’t know, dipshit. You won’t tell us anything.

Oh, right. That definitely was a conversation Jimin and him had last night at the karaoke bar. In his messages, he sees a random number without a saved name. Examining it, it doesn’t ring any bells before he’s clicking onto the chat. Oh yeah, that also happened. Jungkook thought he wasn’t drunk last night, maybe he got more intoxicated as his alcohol digested, whichever one it is doesn’t matter as he sits there trying to put together the puzzle pieces. 

On your end, you’re doing arguably better as you crawl out of bed and get ready for work. You have an early Sunday morning shift, thanking the heavens as it’s usually pretty dead. You’ve managed to get ready, make yourself coffee in a To Go cup, and remember last night's festivities all before the ripe time of 8 am. It’s almost a new personal record for you, walking out of your apartment door with a little more pep in your step than usual. 

It's about an hour into your shift when the front door rings, signaling a customer has entered. “Hello, welcome to Mochas. What can I get started for -“ Looking up from the display case you were currently stocking, it’s Jungkook. “What are you doing here?!” 

He seems just as confused to see you, glancing around the quiet café. “I just wanted a coffee! I didn't know you worked here! Why didn’t you tell me?!” 

“You’ve never asked!” At the small commotion, a few customers glance over at the two of you. Embarrassed, you push the bickering aside and move to the register, ready to take his order. “Whaddya want?” 

“Wow, customer service is 1/10. Bad yelp reviews all around.” Jungkook fakes in front of you, pretending to have his feelings hurt. It makes you giggle a little, which makes him smile. “A caramel iced coffee please, and whatever baked good you think tastes the best.” He winks, pulling out his card.

Handing it over to you, you grunt as it hits your hand, the stupid black card both heavy and cold as it’s some type of metal. “I hate rich people.” You grumble some more, making Jungkook laugh in front of you. You grab his baked good first, placing it into a small bag before extending it out to him. 

“Oh, you can keep it.” He smirks, doing his best to send you a wink. Truthfully, it does make your heart beat a little faster but he doesn’t need to know that. 

“I- Thanks Kook. But you’ve got to try it, it’s my favorite one.” You smile, trying to regain some sort of composure. Reaching into the bag, you pull off a corner before offering it to him. While you should’ve seen it coming, you didn’t expect it so early in the morning. He leans forward, taking the piece with his mouth and doing a very thorough lick of your fingers that held it. “Kook- don’t.” You vaguely threaten, watching him wiggle his brows at you. “Your order will be ready shortly.” 

While making his drink, you threaten multiple times to stick your fingers or spit in the cup. While you don’t think he’d care (obviously), it’s a threat nonetheless. For the sake of your job, you don’t really. “Thank you so much, pretty girl.” Jungkook smiles as he takes the drink from you, “I’ll see you soon, let me know when you’re ready for our date!” He grins before leaving, one of his signature Kook grins that reaches all the way up to the corner of his eyes. 

Right, the date that he’d let you pick the time. Texting Namjoon, you ask for their work schedule. While you’d like to test his promise of “For you, anytime.” You’d feel too guilty if you were making him miss something regarding his career. Namjoon surprisingly sends it right away, questioning your motives. Not having the time currently, you tell him you’ll explain the situation later. While you tell Namjoon a lot of it (you spare him some details about his youngest), you haven’t had the time to tell him about last night. 

The rest of work is uneventful, a few people coming in every now and then. As your shift begins to end, you gladly pass your responsibilities to the next shift leader. It's only 1pm when you get off, finally excited to have a day that’s not completely wasted by work. This also gives you time to actually look over the group's work schedule, seeing that both today and Wednesday were open. Today feels too soon to see him again, and you think you’d lose your mind with how fast everything is progressing. Re-watching the dreaded video Yoongi sent you was almost whiplash, the giant smiles on both yours and Kook’s face were enough to make you red in the ears. 

Pulling out your phone, you shoot him a quick text. 

Wednesday at 7 sounds good? I’ll let you pick the place. :)

He texts back surprisingly fast (in hindsight, duh. It’s his day off)

Wednesday at 7 works perfectly, it’ll be a surprise. Dress fancy. 

You think it’s too soon to say you hate rich people again, so you leave the texts at that and carry on with your day. Jungkook, on the other hand, is shitting himself. He really wished you would've just picked the place, because now he’s scrambling. The next text he sends out is embarrassing, and he almost has half a mind to rethink sending it on the off chance you see it. (You would tease him, for sure.)

Namjoon, please you gotta help me.

The next three days fly by in a blur, and you’re secretly cursing your past self for deciding on making the date Wednesday. You open at work, and get off at noon. So while you at least have time after you get off, without a nap, you’ll be dead the entire date. Jungkook sends you an endearing text the morning of, a sweet 

I’ll pick you up later :), 

on your phone screen making you smile. 

I’m at work :(( 

You text back, expecting nothing to come from it. 

What? You picked the day, dummy. I’ll swing by.

You could tell him don't bother, but you secretly want to see him. The bell rings continuously for the next 30 minutes, making you excited each time. After maybe the 20th ring, you don’t even glance up anymore. “What, no greeting? Wooowwww, customer service has gone down even more.” He complains, jokingly slamming his hands down onto the register counter. 

“Took so long, I didn't think you were gonna actually show up.” You smile, looking up at him. He looks just as pretty as always, a soft smile on his face. 

“You think that a lot.”

“Shut up, so what can I get for you?” You smile, preparing to type into the iPad register. 

“Hmmmm, I don't know. How about you explain the entire menu to me?” He jokes, leaning down onto his hands. It’s an excuse just to hear you talk to him, and you can tell as he peers up to you. “Well, go on.”

“Is that a caramel iced coffee I hear?” You jokingly put a hand around your ear before typing it into the system. “And what sweet treat would you like today?”

“You.”

“Hmm, is that my favorite baked good of all time? Got itttt.” You giggle, also typing it in again. As you are finishing up, you can hear footsteps coming from the back. “My managers coming, if you still wanna talk you better act really pretentious.” You laugh, watching as Jungkook straightens up his posture. 

“How?”

“Ask if we have any gluten free stuff, I don't know.” You say, this makes him laugh. Just as you expected, the shift manager comes out from the back to make sure everything is running smoothly. She obviously listens to your conversation with the customers, making sure there’s no issues to resolve. 

“Do you have any gluten free items?”

“Yes sir, we have brownies and cook-”

“And vegan? I can’t eat any animal products, against my moral beliefs.”

“Yes, we only have one which is an oatmeal-”

“Is that also sugar free?” 

The third question almost makes you laugh, physically having to stop yourself from giggling. The manager quickly understands the situation and almost books it away, which makes the situation even more funny. As the door closes behind her, you finally crack up. Jungkook is in the same boat, softly clapping his hands together as he giggles as quietly as possible. 

“That was good, that was good.” You laugh, finally reaching into the case to pull out your favorite. You split it in half this time, handing him the half. 

“What about my drink?”

“I’ll use my employee discount, I get free drinks usually. Unless they're, like, really expensive, but it’s just an iced coffee so it should be fine.” You smile, beginning to make his drink. You can almost feel his eyes boring into your back as you make it, watching every move. “It’s rude to stare, ya know. I’m not gonna poison you.” You giggle, finishing it up before handing it over. His fingers brush against yours as he takes it, making you smile. 

“I like watching you in your element, it’s nice. I’d blow up the barista station.” He easily makes you laugh again. “You should come watch us one time, in the studio or on dance practice days? Or maybe a concert?”

“I think Tae and Jimin would giggle at us too much.” You smile, pointing out his little wingmen that are painfully obvious. 

“No, no they wouldn’t. I’d beat them up for you.” Jungkook jokes, beginning to flex his muscles in the middle of your humble coffee shop. 

“Alright, alright. That’s enough.” You slap his arm away from your face (he made sure to lean in as he flexed,) laughing slightly. He’s smiling just as much, making your stomach feel slightly fuzzy. “You know Jimin and Tae would tease us the entire time. Anyway, what should I wear tonight? What’s the dress code?”

“Fancy dress?” Jungkook shrugs.

“Heels or no heels?”

“Heels.”

“Red or black?”

“Red, definitely. It’ll match your complexion.”

“Jewelry or no jewelry?”

“If you want, yes. What do I want? Yes.”

“Alright, got it.” You smile, giving him a thumbs up. “You should probably get going so I can get back to work.”

“Nooo, I could sit here and watch you make coffee all day.” Kook whines, leaning over and jokingly placing his face against the glass display case. 

“Heyyy,” You push his face off, revealing a Kook-stamp as you called it. It’s the faint imprint of his cheek left on the glass. “You’re making more work for me.” You faintly scold before wiping the marks off with a rag. 

“Aren’t you going to be too tired for our date? If you fall asleep I won’t carry you.” He most definitely would. “You’ll be left in the passenger seat.”

“I’ll take a nap, dad.” You mock, jokingly rolling your eyes. “Shoo, shoo.” You smile, fanning your hands at him to get him away from the pick up counter. “I’ll see you later tonight.”

“I’ll pick you up!” He smiles, the bell above the door signaling his departure. He waves at you the entire time he walks past the windows, making you smile slightly. 

Hours fly by like minutes, and the I’m here! text that Jungkook sends you makes your heart stutter a bit in your chest. Slipping on your shoes for the night, a pair of pretty tan heels, you’re grabbing your keys before swinging the door open and stepping out. Your motion is stopped immediately, slamming into something that almost feels like running into a solid wall. With a small yelp, you jump away from whatever it was.

IT, being Jungkook. “I thought you were downstairs!” Your heart is beating unbelievably hard, making you clutch your chest as you try to calm down. “You scared me!”

“What kind of date is it if I just wait downstairs, we're not 16!” He counters, making you laugh. After your initial fright, you’re able to actually appreciate him coming up to your door to walk down with you. He’s holding a pretty red bouquet, making you smile harder than you think you’ve ever. (The poor flowers did get sandwiched between the two of you, but they’re still in good condition.) “These are for you.” He smiles, handing them over. 

“They’re pretty, Kook. Thank you so much. Come in, I'll put them in water really quick.” Jungkook follows you into your apartment, silently taking in all the furniture and decorations. It’s not exactly what he’s used to, but he almost prefers this to his own house. It’s a lot smaller and has a cozy feel to it, and he thinks that it matches you perfectly. “Hey, no judging, remember?” You threaten, making him laugh as he leans against the counter. 

“I’d neverrr, plus it’s cute in here. I like it.” Jungkook compliments, watching as you find a flower vase and follow the directions on the packet. “You look gorgeous, Y/N.” 

Glancing up from your flowers, you catch his eyes and can basically see the want behind them. 1) Inviting him in was clearly a bad idea. 2) Goddamn it he looks good. “Kook, it’s too early to be giving me those eyes, we haven’t even left.” You tease, “You gotta stop looking at me like that.” This makes him laugh as he straightens up, adjusting his casual (but still formal) suit. It almost feels like the two of you were going to a school dance together. 

“Fine, fine. I’ll be on my best behavior.”

“Yeah, I'm sure you will.” Sarcasm drips from your words, making both you and Jungkook giggle. You can already tell he won’t, but you suppose that’s part of the fun. “So where are we heading to?” You smile, placing the flowers in the middle of the small kitchen island as you finish with them. You grab your bag off the table and begin to make your way out, Jungkook following you. 

“It’s a surprise.” Kook smiles, grabbing your hand as you walk to the elevator. This makes you smile, the two of you walking to his car in silence. “M’lady…” He opens the passenger side door for you, making you giggle. You watch as he drives to the restaurant, trying your best to figure out where the two of you were going. 

“Kook…” you mumble as he parks, a small smile on your face. It's the restaurant Namjoon first took you to when he “got big and famous,” insisting on paying for your expensive meal. There's a small flower garden in the back that guests can go to, but usually it’s empty. “You talked to Namjoon, didn’t you?” You ask, making yourself laugh as he has a sheepish look on his face. “It's perfect.” You reassure him, rubbing his arm. 

“Let’s go.” Jungkook smiles, climbing out of the car and coming to the passenger side. He insists on helping you out, which you smile at. 

“I've never seen you act so gentlemanly.” You tease, taking his arm as the two of you walk into the restaurant. 

“Hey, you haven’t even known me that long.” He defends himself, making you laugh. 

“Yeah, and the past two encounters we’ve had are you trying to get into my pants.” This makes the both of you laugh, Jungkook's smile never quite fading from his face. He gives his name for the reservation, the host smiling as she walks the two of you to a table. 

“You two make a lovely couple-“ 

“Oh we’re not-“ Kook has his hands up as he interjects the host. 

“Thank you.” you smile, cutting Jungkook off. The host smiles softly as she leaves. 

“We’re a couple?” 

“I mean we’re on a date, right?” 

“Oh?” Jungkook raises a brow and has his signature smirk plastered on his face. 

“Ugh, forget it you freak.” You laugh, opening the menu. It's not long before a server comes by, offering to get you started on drinks and explaining some specials they had for alcohol. The two of you agree on a wine to share, ordering waters on the side. While the server is there, you go ahead and put in your meals as you already know what you both want. “So, tell me about yourself, Kook.”

“What do ya wanna know?” Kook smiles, leaning forward slightly as he becomes more engaged in the conversation. He looks cute, it makes you smile slightly. 

“I don't know, I'm sitting across from thee Jungkook of BTS. Some people would kill to be here listening to you talk about yourself.” You tease, leaning forward onto the palm of your hand. You stretch your feet out, linking them with Jungkook’s underneath the table. “Why’d you wanna join BTS?” You ask, shrugging as you start. 

“Damn, okay.” Jungkook laughs. “I was expecting you to ask my favorite color or something.” That makes you laugh, but you don’t say anything as you let him continue talking. “Ever since I was little I knew I liked music. I like singing the most, dancing was iffy at first. And when I tried out, I had so many different companies that gave me offers. I was so young, so it was really overwhelming, you know? When I came to see Big Hit when I was trying to figure out where I was going to go, I met Namjoon. And meeting him and talking to him was kinda the final nail in the coffin.”

“What do you mean dancing was iffy at first, you’re a fuckin amazing dancer, Kook.” You compliment, eyes slightly wide as you’re a bit shocked. 

It makes Jungkook giggle, “When I was younger, I was like a robot. I knew the dances and did them well, but it was just doing the moves. I wasn’t really into them.” He gestures, mocking the robot dance for a split second. 

“I see, I see.”

“What about you? How’d you meet Namjoon?” Kook asks, reaching across the table as he grabs the hand not holding your head up. Absent-mindedly, he plays with your fingers. 

“I think it was freshman year of college, god I've known Joon for so long.” You laugh. “I was walking to my morning lecture and this kid comes up behind me, stomps on the back of my shoe, and knocks it completely off. I was carrying all of my books, laptop and a coffee too so I just stopped, turned around, and stared at him.” You laugh. “He felt so bad, panicked and picked up my shoe, and then got on one knee and put it back onto my foot for me.” The story makes you laugh, Jungkook chuckling softly with you. 

“That sounds like a Namjoon story.”

“And after he put my shoe back on, we just walked side by side to our morning lecture because we had the same class.” You smile, “Eventually we started talking more after that, and once we were able to live off campus he proposed we split the rent. I suppose he’s saved my ass from the landlord breaking down our front door for rent a couple of times, so it’s even.”

“You went to school with Namjoon, yeah? What did you get your degree in?”

“I got a couple, but mainly journalism, advertising, writing stuff. Kinda boring.” You giggle. “I get to sit at home now and edit articles all day for work, so I love my degree.”

“Wait, but you work at a coffee shop?”

“Hey, sitting at home and editing stories gets boring after a while.” You defend. 

“Namjoon told me you were super smart back in college and that’s why the two of you got along so much.” Jungkook smiles. 

“We got along because I'd fix everything he broke in an accident.” You laugh. “What do you do at work, besides singing and dancing around?” 

“Eh, sponsors want us to take pictures with their stuff. We record videos for our army, demo songs, sometimes record bigger things like bon voyage packages.” Jungkook shrugs. “It’s a lot but it’s not really a big deal-”

You scoff at this, shaking your head. “So humble, Kook.” You smile, playing back with his fingers. “You guys are so famous now, it’s crazy. I can’t even walk around the city without seeing Joon's face somewhere.”

Jungkook nods, “Yeah, we are pretty popular. It’s crazy, you know, we just wanted to make music.” 

You nod, following along. “I feel like a proud mom sometimes, seeing you guys do so well. Watching you guys grow up and grow with Joon, it’s like surreal.” Your food comes soon after that, the conversation being cut for now. “Remind me to ask you about the whole Tae, Kook, Jimin group that is going on too.”

Poor Jungkook chokes on his food as the two of you begin eating. The conversation is very minimal over dinner, the two of you eating the food that was brought out. At the end, Jungkook pays the bill before you even have the chance to pull up your bag, making you complain. “What date is it if the guy doesn’t pay?” He counters. 

“I’m telling the news outlets you're misogynist.” That makes him let out a hearty laugh, not quite expecting you to say that. “Can we walk in the garden!?”

“Of course,” Jungkook smiles, getting up from the table and offering you an arm. Jungkook must've caught the attention of people in the restaurant, people staring at the two of you. 

“...Maybe we shouldn't.” You mumble, catching the eyes of a few tables. “Let’s just go outside, yeah?” Jungkook's slightly confused (oblivious to the eyes boring into him) and leads the way to the garden. The two of you stroll through the garden, arms bumping into one another every now and then. “Jungkook, I don’t want to alarm you, but there’s someone in the bushes.”

“What?” Jungkook is about to whip around to look when you stop him. 

“They have a camera, they’re taking pictures of us…together.” You mumble. 

“Fuck…okay here’s the plan.” Jungkook mumbles, already having a feeling this would happen. “I can get to my car through the back exit here. I’ll go get my car and meet you in the front of the restaurant to pick you up.”

“Kook, what about your reputation.” The both of you continue to stroll through the garden and whisper to each other. 

“I’ll have my company say it was for a business deal, and nothing more. That way no one will try to find out who you are either.” Jungkook nods to himself. “I’m gonna go now, and I think he’ll follow me. Goodbye.” Jungkook mumbles, stepping slightly in front of you to bow. You repeat the action, bowing twice before turning to follow the plan through. Jungkook was right, the man following Kook deeper into the garden. 

Truthfully, it makes you extremely nervous for him, but you follow the plan out. You’re standing in front of the restaurant when Jungkook's Mercedes comes by, picking you up. “Kook, I hated every second of that.” You mumble. 

“I’m sorry, I thought no one would be able to get into the garden.”

“Did he follow you all the way to your car??” You ask, heart rate spiking. 

“Huh? Oh, no. He followed me until I went to the parking garage and then he left.” You nod, thanking whatever made him go away. “...I’ll take you back home.”

“Hey, it’s okay. It’s not your fault.” You smile, reaching over and taking a hand in yours. You rub your thumb into his hand, offering him a soft smile. Jungkook nods, smiling back to you. “Do you guys have to deal with that a lot?”

“Yeah, airports are a nightmare.” Jungkook smiles, “It’s definitely a negative to the life of a super star.” He says it jokingly, but you can tell it does bother him to some extent. 

“Okay, now you can tell me about the Taehyung, Jungkook, Jimin group that’s been going on recently.” You laugh. 

“God damn it, I was hoping you’d forget.” Jungkook sighs, smiling slightly. “When they found out that i was going to ask you out on a date, they wanted to help me. I don’t know exactly how much they really helped, but they swore they were so, I just let them.”

“Ohhh, so that’s how you knew I was at karaoke.” The look on Jungkook's face is priceless, a mix of embarrassment and cheeky. It makes your chest warm up, a fond feeling. “Alright I'll let the trio thing go for now. So what happens when they post those pictures?”

Jungkook lets out a small sigh, “I’ll let my company know beforehand, probably tomorrow, about what happened just to give them a heads up. They’ll probably wait until the pictures come out, deny any rumors or dating allegations, say it was for some fake business plan, and then threaten legal action.” Jungkook laughs at the legal action part. 

“Yeah, I totally look like a business woman.” You laugh, watching as Jungkook parks at your apartment building. Jungkook’s clearly ready to walk you up to your door, unbuckling and collecting whatever he’d need. There’s a small smirk on your face as you link an arm with him, walking inside. “I had a lot of fun, kook. Besides everyone staring at us in the restaurant and-”

“There were people staring at us in the restaurant?”

“Yes, Jungkook of BTS, people were staring.” You say sarcastically, eventually cracking and laughing slightly. “For some reason, when I was getting ready it never dawned on me that you guys are famous and people would obviously stare. I guess because I’ve known Joon and you guys for so long, that it’s just normal for me.”

The two of you guys are at the door of your apartment before you even realize, Jungkook stopping. He’s getting ready to say goodbye, fidgeting slightly with his fingers. “Do you wanna come in?” You smirk, watching his face light up. The two of you already know what’s going to happen, a cheeky look coming over his face. 

The two of you walk in, Jungkook making a show of dropping his jacket off with a sigh. You almost giggle as you watch him walk over to the couch, plopping down. His arms are resting on the back of the couch, head also thrown back. His legs are spread wide as he leans back. “You know, I really do like your apartment décor.” Jungkook compliments. 

“Your eyes are closed, you can’t even see it.” You smile, watching as he slowly peels his eyes open. You’re focused on the buckle of your heels, eventually getting them undone and allowing them to hit the floor. 

“It was a general observation.” He comments, making you laugh. He closes his eyes again. 

“You definitely look comfortable over here, Kook.” You giggle, swinging a leg over and resting onto his lap. Your long dress bunches up around your thighs and hips, leaving you almost bare besides your panties as you seat yourself. 

“Y/n?” He tries to sound cocky, but the look on his face was is anything but, he looks needy, whiny. 

“Hm, bun?” You smile, beginning to slightly tug and play with his hair. You’re truly not in any rush to move on, enjoying the small reactions you pull from him. Eventually his arms move, hands how resting on your waist as he pulls you closer to him. “I like you like this, all needy.” 

You place a small kiss on his lips, pulling back to watch the small whine it pulls from him. “You’re not wearing shorts under this, are you?” Kook mumbles, slightly sliding his fingertips underneath the edge of the dress. Both hands rest on your thighs, squeezing and rubbing the skin underneath his palms. 

“Nope.” You smile, allowing more weight to sit against him. Sitting fully down, you’re able to feel the hard-on underneath you. 

“Fuck me.” Jungkook whimpers, making you smile. 

“I don’t have any condoms, next time.” The promise makes him whine even more, hips shifting underneath you. He pulls you down even more, grinding against you slightly. The small whines and friction shoots straight to your core, making you clench around nothing. 

“Kiss me, please Y/n.” He whines, immediately giving him what he wants. Your lips easily connect, sliding against each other as if they were molded for one another. Jungkook's lips are soft against yours, a whine coming from you. Pulling away, the both of you have to catch your breath. 

“I wish I could mark you up, so bad.” You mumble, a hand coming to down to grab his jaw. You move his head to the side, placing a small kiss onto his jaw. Moving down slightly, you continue to place kisses onto his neck. “Wish so badly I could claim you as mine.” You mumble against his neck. Placing another kiss, you leave a light red mark this time. You continue to leave light marks, a triumphant feeling in your chest. 

“Can I take a picture of you bun?” 

“What?” 

“Can I take a picture of my marks?” You smile, “They’ll go away by the morning, they’re light.” Jungkook nods, watching as you fish for your phone that’s somewhere on the couch. You eventually find it, snapping a picture. The picture is arguably the hottest thing you’ve ever taken. His face is still cupped in your hand, slight indents in his cheeks from your fingertips. The marks are dark, but just light enough to be gone by morning. His eyebrows are slightly scrunched together, making the photo even more attractive. “Fuck, Kook.”

Your lips quickly find each other again, hands grabbing and holding each other everywhere possible. Jungkook’s hands continue to slip further underneath your dress, fingertips running along the straps of your thong before finally resting on your ass. He uses his hold to move your hips, the two of you slowly grinding against each other. Jungkook moans and whimpers into your mouth, making your mind even more fuzzy. 

“Kook, I wanna suck your cock.” You mumble against his lips, nibbling slightly on his bottom lip. His eyes shoot open, hips hips snapping up against you at the proposition. 

“Please-” 

“No pushing my head or I'll tie you up.” You threaten, Jungkook moaning slightly as you climb off of his lap, shifting onto your knees. Jungkook easily lifts his hips up, helping you pull the dress pants down. He’s straining painfully hard against his boxers, the fabric stretching around him. “So sensitive, bunny.” You smirk, lightly dragging a finger across the bulge. 

It makes him twitch, every slight brush getting a reaction. “God Kook, you look so fucking good.” You mumble, dragging your nails across his thighs. It hurts, but he likes it (slightly surprising to himself, not so much to you.) “Can I give you hickeys on your hips? Surely no fans would see those, hm? Just me right, all mine?” 

“All yours.” Kook reassures, watching your every move. He wishes he could engrave it into his vision, you on your knees with the small smirk you always give him. With anyone else, he’d be the one in control. But that’s why he likes your touch so much, he’s not with you. You easily tease and torment him with the smallest gestures and moves. It drives him crazy. “Please mark me.”

“Well since you asked so nicely.” Hooking a finger under the waist band of his boxers, you’re able to pull it down just enough to mark. The small kiss you place first almost makes Jungkook's hips jerk, his senses on overdrive. The mark is dark, lightly biting and licking over the mark once you’re finished. You’re on your fifth one when jungkook can’t take it anymore, the feeling of your lips so close driving him crazy. 

“Please, I can’t take anymore.” A whine falls from him, hips trying desperately to find friction. Truthfully, you were going to stop at 5. But now you have to keep going. 

“Yes you can.” Your voice is stern, the tone making kook whine as his fists grab the back rest. His hips push slightly into you, flattening your nose. “Kook, be good. You can do that much right?” Your voice is even more stern, hands coming up hold his hips still. It’s another 5 before you finally return to his poor dick, even more hard with precum soaking the fabric. 

“It looks like you liked it, my whiny baby.” Kook groans as you finally tug the boxers off his hips entirely, cock springing up. “So excited to be touched.” The smirk on your face is irreplaceable, watching just how much of a hold you have over him. Poor Kook is always whimpering as you slide your tongue across his tip, collecting the precum and swallowing it. He’s watching through half open eyes, lids heavily as he try’s to engrave the image into his memory. 

Licking a strip from base to tip, a deep moan falls past his lips before he can even stop it. Your grip around his cock makes his mind fuzzy, easily pumping your fist with the precum and saliva acting as lube. He’s unable to keep his eyes open as you finally take him into your mouth, head thrown back against the cushion as you sink down. You repeat the motion, taking more length until you physically can’t. Your nose brushes slightly against his abdomen before coming back up to catch you breath. 

“You know, it’s not fun if I don’t get to watch your reactions bun.” You smirk, slowly pumping his cock as you tease. “You know I like it.” 

“I’m…afraid to come too fast…if I watch you.” He embarrassingly admits, ears turning a deep red. 

“Next time you break eye contact, I stop touching you completely.” You set the boundary before taking him back into your mouth. Easily, you sink completely down, swallowing as much as you can manage. From the base of his cock, you glance up to make eye contact. It’s a mix of amazement, need and lust. St the eye contact, you can feel him twitch in your throat. His brows quickly scrunch together as you move, bobbing your head. 

He lasts maybe a minute before he’s throwing his head back, “Fuck, Y/n. It feels too good I can’t-“ You pull off of him completely, finally taking a breath in what feels like forever. You also pull your hands away, placing your elbows against the coffee table behind you. “Shit wait I didn’t mean to-“ 

“There was one rule, Jungkook.” 

“I know but-“ 

“One rule and you broke it.” His poor cock is red, straining as it throbs slightly against Jungkook's abdomen. “Breaking rules, yet so needy to come. Tsk tsk.” You mumble, leaning forward once again as you graze a fingertip over his tip. “A bit of a oxymoron huh?” 

“I’m sorry, please I need it.” Jungkook's hips jut involuntarily up into your touch. “I need you bad.” The whine that he lets out makes you give in. 

“I'll give you a pass this once.” You grumble, watching his face light up. “And bun, cum in my mouth. I want you to feel good.” 

Finally Jungkook let’s himself loose, whining, moaning, cursing, and grinding like a mad man. His hands grip the couch with deadly force, knuckles turning white. He easily thrusts into your mouth, the sensation making him almost cry out as he buries himself in your throat. Seeing him like this is almost as good as getting off yourself, your thighs clamped together. 

“Fuck bun, finally acting how I wanted.” You roughly jerk his cock, catching your breath quickly. His eyes are fixated on the sight in front of him, watching as you allow him to use your mouth to please himself. The eye contact is still too much, diverting his gaze away often. The small moan you let out while having him in your mouth makes his hips sputter, whines immediately slipping past his lips. 

“Gonna cum soon. Can I come Y/n? I've been good, please let me come.” Jungkook babbles, eyes slightly glazed over as his eyebrows furrow. With a nod, his hips pick up their pace just slightly. He’s still afraid to hurt you, thrusting up carefully but with a decent speed. “…Coming” Is the half assed warning you get before his hips drive themselves as far as possible, nose flattened against his abdomen. 

Looking up from that exact position, Jungkook's face is nothing short of your expectations. He looks fucked out, sweat gathering above his brow. The eye contact makes his cock throb even more in your throat, whines filling the entire room. You gasp pulling off, almost choking as you regain air flow to your lungs. 

“Good job bun, are you all done?” You smirk, licking any cum left off his shaft. The sensation is too much for him, hands reaching down to roughly pull you up from your knees. (They crack like 10 times in the process of getting up, they ain’t like they used to be.) Jungkook roughly smashes his lips onto yours, tasting his own cum on your lips. “You did so good for me.” You mumble against his lips, pulling back to observe his expression. 

“Thank you, holy shit.” Jungkook smiles, leaning forward to kiss your neck. He nibbles on the skin gently, leaving light marks. “That was so good, thank you. let me return the favor-“ 

“No, it’s okay. I liked that too bun.” You place a kiss onto his forehead, “Love seeing you like that.” With a small peck to his lips, you climb off his laps and stand up. “I’m gonna go change, if you wanna stay the night you can. I have extra sweatpants and big t-shirts if you want?” 

Jungkook's chest pangs slightly. He wants to return the favor so incredibly bad, watch your moan and shake around his head. Respecting your choice, he doesn’t pry. “Yeah, anything will be good.” 

You quickly trail off into your room, digging to find something for you to wear. Truthfully, your cunt aches for any touch Jungkook could offer, definitely soaking through your panties. Changing quickly and cleaning yourself up, you bring Jungkook his change of clothes. “The bathroom is down the hall to your left.” 

“Thanks.” You can tell his mind is racing, but you don’t ask. You tidy up slightly before plopping down on the couch, a throw blanket ready to be placed over the two of you. Jungkook's a bit confused when he comes back out, seeing you sprawled out on the couch. 

“Come lay with me.” You invite, opening your arms. He takes it immediately, plopping down. His head rests on your chest, a content sigh coming from the both of you as the blanket is thrown over. “What, not a big aftercare person?” You laugh, turning the tv on and playing a random movie. Jungkook's arms wrap completely around you, snuggling his head in. 

“A really big aftercare person, actually. I didn’t think you’d be though.” Jungkook smiles, peering up for a moment. You take the chance to kiss his forehead, playing with his hair as he lays back down. 

“Nah, I gotta take care of my bun.” 

Jungkook falls asleep fast, which you were completely expecting. Light snores fill the living room every now and then, making you smile. You’re fast asleep soon after. 

______

“Kook?” Your voice is groggy as you peel your eyes open, glancing around the living room. The tv continues to play random movies quietly, now showing some documentary. “Kook, don’t you have to work?” You mumble, shaking the boy that’s dead asleep on top of you. 

“Kook.” You shake his shoulders harder, moving his entire body. His arms are still wrapped around you, hands somehow underneath your shirt as he holds your body. “You have work!” You smile, trying to pry yourself out of his grip. You’re eventually met with a groan and nothing else. “The boys will tease you to hell and back if you’re late.” 

That seems to finally get him as he peels his eyes open, glancing around. “Kook, work?” 

“Oh shit.” He springs up in no time, quickly snatching his clothes up from last nights date. “Shit, i’m late.” He groans, snatching his phone off the coffee table. Poor Jungkook scrambles like a madman for a solid 5 minutes, “Should I even run home and get ready? I only have my dress shoes and i can’t wear those to dance practice. But then I'll be even more late.” 

“Kook, just tell them you woke up late. I’m sure they’ll be fine until you get there.” 

“Okay, okay I'll do that.” He’s speed walking to the door with all of his belongings in hand. You giggle a bit at his outfit, your sweatpants and tshirt but his fancy dress shoes, which makes him stick his tongue out at you. 

“Wait a second.” He stops completely as you reach up, yanking the neckline of the t-shirt down. “Those ones are gone.” You’re yanking down his (your) sweatpants just enough to see the dark hickeys left. “You’re not wearing underwear right now?” 

“So what, they were all sticky and gross!” 

“You’re commando in my sweatpants!” 

“Trust me, this is the better alternative than my boxers being in here.” 

You genuinely laugh as you allow the waistband to snap against his hips. “My marks are gonna be there for awhile, so no stripping in front of other girls.” 

“Wouldn’t even dream of it.” He smiles as he unlocks the front door, stepping out. “One kiss, please.” He taps his bottom lip, waiting. 

“Ugh.” You smile, giving him a kiss. “I'll see you soon Kook. Have fun at practice.” 

“I'll try.” 

Jungkook did, in fact, get teased to hell and back. The amount of pictures and videos you’ve gotten from the members is atrocious, all poking fun at their youngest. Jungkook has a cheeky look on his face in all of them, ears bright red. 

Namjoon even sends you a text sometime through the day, 

Don’t tell me you did what i think you did. My youngest :,( 

We just went on a date, Joon-ah 

You smile, clicking your phone off before getting ready for work. It’s late and uneventful, the café never being really busy on Thursday evenings. You’re in the back collecting stuff to restock the front when the door bell chimes, “I'll be right there in a moment!” 

“Take your time!” The voice is oddly familiar. Sticking your head out, you begin to contemplate sending your coworker out instead. 

“C'mon guysss” You whine, coming out from the back to meet the 7 idiots sitting in the empty café. “Don’t do this to me, i’m almost off for the night.” Jungkook stands behind Joon and Yoongi, cheeks slightly pink. “I’m guessing dummy back there spilled that I work here, Joon wouldn't dare.”

“You guessed correctly.” Jimin smirks in front of you, leaning forward on the counter. “Now it’s my turn to guess.” Jimin’s hand is reaching up to your top, gently tugging the band down to reveal your neck and part of your chest. 

“Uh, what are you looking for?” You try your absolute hardest to not smile, knowing exactly what he’s doing. Doing your best, you try to act like you have no correlation to Jungkook's morning situation earlier today. 

Jimin is slightly embarrassed as he lets go of your shirt, “Oh uh, nothing.” 

“I’m reporting you guys for harassment, jeez.” You roll your eyes. “There’s gonna be banned signs with your faces on the front door.” 

“How will we get our morning coffee then?” Yoongi jumps in, making you laugh. 

“You guys have never even came here before.” You smile, “What can I get for you guys?” 

They each order their respective orders, each getting some sort of drink and some getting snacks or baked goods. They pay on one tab, which you’re grateful for. “Since Jimin harassed Y/n earlier, he pays.” Jin announces, making everyone but Jimin silently cheer. Tae delivers a slap onto Jimin's back that creates a train, each of the members slapping him before moving to the pickup window. You and Jimin are left staring at each other at the register, you trying your best not to laugh at him. 

“Your total will be $50.” You finally laugh. 

“Add something on for yourself, consider it my apologies.” Jimin laughs, handing over his card. “I was trying to play investigator with Kook, kid won’t tell me anything.”

“I’ll accept your apologies, the new total is $55.” You smile, swiping the card and handing it back. Jimin joins the others as you begin working on their food, bagging and handing them to their respective members. The boys make conversation throughout. 

“Isn’t she great at her job?” Jungkook comments, watching as you crank out drink after drink. You finish relatively quickly, dramatically brushing your hands off. Your manager peeks her head out from the back, eyes widening as she recognizes the boys in front of you. You're pushed out of the conversation (gently, but it’s clear that she wants you to go) by your  manager. A small don’t you have restocking to do? Sends you on your way. 

From your trips back and forth, and you hear bits and pieces of the conversation. The boys do their best to be polite, offering small smiles and head nods to whatever your manager was saying. They vaguely agree to visit again before your manager finally let’s them go, making her way into the backroom once again. 

“...Wow.” You sarcastically comment as you come out once more, restocking the stir sticks behind the counter. 

“She was definitely, uhm, enthusiastic.” Joon nods, cracking you up slightly. 

“When do you get off, Y/n?” Jin asks, checking his phone for the time. 

“Approximately 5 minutes ago.” 

“Do you wanna go out with us, we were gonna find somewhere to eat.” Jin offers, making your heart swell. 

“I’d like that a lot.” You smile at him, finishing up any tasks you have to do last minute and collecting your belongings. The group of you look dumb walking to the restaurant, people walking in pairs of two on the sidewalk. Your arm is linked with Joon, the two of you arguing for a solid 5 minutes of who should walk by the road. (You fight tooth and nail, eventually he physically forces you on the inner side.) 

“If you get hit, I’ll be blamed for BTS Leader Kim Namjoon’s Death.” You complain, tugging on Joon’s arm. 

“Be quiet.” Namjoon just laughs at you, jokingly slapping a hand over your mouth. “I think this is the restaurant.” He announces to the group, holding the door open for the whole group as you all filter in. It’s a nice restaurant, not really busy due to the late hour. The eight of you pick seats at the table, Namjoon and Yoongi on either side of you. Jungkook sits directly across from you, obviously jealous as he glances at both members beside you. You roll your eyes at him discreetly, making him smile. 

“I’ll cook the meat.” Jungkook announces, everyone looking over at him in slight surprise. 

“I’ll help so we don’t blow up the table.” Yoongi also announces, making you laugh. 

The two of them are completely focuses on cooking, almost in competition. Jungkook rushes each time to place meat on your plate, side eyeing Yoongi who notices each time. It genuinely makes you laugh, fighting the urge to softly scold him over it. 

“Jungkook! We’d like some meat too!” Jin calls from the end of the table, making everyone burst into laughter. You softly clap your hands, watching as Jungkook’s face flushes a soft pink. 

You can feel Joon shuffle next to you, leaning in as he begins to talk softly in your ear. “So I assume the Jungkook situation is going well?” He laughs, all of the other members beginning to argue and well over the meat. Jungkook is defending himself furiously, claiming that 

it’s only gentlemanly that the lady is served first!! 

His argument makes you laugh, watching as Jin prepared his rebuttal. 

The oldest get’s priority!!! 

Jin calls, making you laugh harder as Jin begins to strain. 

“Yeah, it’s definitely been fun.” You whisper back to Namjoon, shrugging slightly. “We’re still playing a cat and mouse game of sorts.”

Everyone begins to eat, conversation flowing smoothly between the entire group. Everyone loads their plates, passing dishes back and forth around the table. Hours fly by like minutes, your eyes threatening to close as your head naturally finds itself on Namjoon’s shoulder. Your stomach is full as you’re becoming sleepy, listening to the group conversation as if it were a live podcast. 

“Are you alright Y/N?” Jungkook mumbles from across the table, making you nod. 

“Just sleepy, I've been up for awhile.” You laugh, feeling his legs outstretch and link with your feet. You can only assume it’s Kook, the small smile on his face confirming your belief. “Kook…” You warn softly, stomping on his foot with your heel. 

“Do you work tomorrow?” Jungkook asks, leaning forward slightly against the table as the two of you talk. You nod, turning slightly to talk to the entire group who’s otherwise becoming quieter as conversation runs out. 

“Thank you, Jin for inviting me out with you guys. I really appreciate it, I open tomorrow so I’m going to get going. I gotta get some sort of sleep tonight.” You smile, gathering your things. “One of you text me my part and I’ll PayPal, or Venmo, or cash app, whatever you prefer. It was really nice being able to hang out with you guys, you should stop by the café more often.”

“I’ll walk you out.” Jungkook offers, standing up. The members beside him don’t move, making you giggle. 

“Nope, I got it.” Joon smiles, “Plus I gotta ask Y/N about an assignment I'm working on.” Jungkook take’s the embarrassment like a champ, sticking his tongue out at Namjoon jokingly. Namjoon laughs, Hobi getting up to let the two of you out. 

Walking you out of the restaurant, Namjoon stands by the road as he watches for cabs. “You’re a liar, I have to ask about an assignment.” You mock him, making the two of you smile. “So what’s up Joonie?”

“Just wanted to check up on the two of you, make sure you’re doing alright.” He shrugs, shoving his hands in his pockets. A bit counterproductive if he were trying to wave a cab over, but you don’t mention it. 

“We had one date, Joon. I know you helped him, I’m about 99% sure of it.” You tease, poking his chest. Namjoon looks around the street, pretending he has no idea what you could possibly mean. “But there was a photographer in the garden, and they took pictures of us. They’ll probably be a dating rumor sometime in the future. I told Kook I don’t want to ruin the reputation he has, but he doesn’t seem to care about his reputation.”

Namjoon looks a bit surprised, “Kook hasn’t mentioned anything about the photographer in the garden. He just said the date went well and he had fun.”

“Well then don’t bring it up until it’s posted.” You chuckle. “He said they’d say we were together for some business deal, but I feel like it’s too obvious we were on a date. Even if your company says that, I don’t think people will really believe it.” 

“I don’t think Jungkook really cares when it comes to you, he just likes being with you a lot in general.” Joon explains, making you blush softly. “He was more upset about you not holding his hand in the restaurant than the photographer.”

That actually makes you laugh out loud, not expecting it. “People were staring at us!” You finally see a taxi, calling it over with vigor. “I should get going, gotta wake up early unfortunately. Let me know if Jungkook starts talking shit about me to you, I assume he tells you a lot more than he’d tell the others.”

“Hmm, I don’t know what you mean. No clue actually.” He jokes, pulling you into a hug before you leave. It’s comforting and familiar. “Get home safe, text me when you make it to your apartment.”

“I will, Joon. Go back inside, they’re probably missing you.” You laugh, jokingly shoving him away. “Be quick before people start taking photos of us too.”

Namjoon rolls his eyes, closing the taxi door after you’ve climbed in. With a small wave goodbye, he heads back into the restaurant to likely herd the members together. You text Joon as soon as you enter the apartment building, trudging to the elevator and eventually making your way in. Placing your phone on charge, you see a text flash across your screen from Namjoon. 

Kook said don’t worry about the money, he’s got it.

You’re beyond exhausted, not replying just yet. You almost pass out immediately when your head hits your pillow. 

______

From then on, it feels like you see at least one member every shift. For the next week that you work, one of them always pop up. You’re slightly concerned how well their appearance rate is, considering they don’t know your schedule. 

It’s exactly a week after yours and Kook’s date when you see it. The article you’ve been dreaded every waking second of the last week. Your fingers are flying to your text messages at the speed of lightning. 

Kook, did you see?!

See what?

You could strangle him, you really could. You send him the link to the article. While they blurred out your face, the title makes your stomach churn. Jungkook of BTS Debuts with a New Girlfriend! WHO IS SHE?

Fuck, I already told the company. They should be on it within the next day. 

What if they find out who I am?

They wont, I promise. 

Kook, your fans hate me. Lol.

Its a flurry of hate, despite not even knowing who you are. You quickly exit off of the article, doing your best to ignore it. You cant believe how much of a scandal the photo caused, and now everyone is freaking out over it. You just hope that Jungkook’s company can sort it out quickly so it doesn’t negatively affect him. 

The next day, Jungkook shows up to your apartment, knocking on the door. 

“What are you doing here!” You mumble, dragging him in by his shirt. “Kook, we really shouldn’t be seen together for a little bit, just until things get sorted out and calm down. If someone sees you standing in front of my apartment door, you’re done for!”

“You stopped responding to my texts, I got nervous!” The door clicks shut behind him, followed by the lock being done. “And I wanted to tell you that they’re putting out a statement today, so hopefully it’ll be cleared up by tonight. You need to ignore the comments and responses, people never know what they’re talking about when it comes to idol related stuff.”

“They think i’m ugly, kook. That’s not idol related.” You laugh despite it bothering you. “I just don’t want it to mess up your reputation, that’s all.”

“I’d mess up my reputation for you.” He smirks, grabbing an arm and pulling you close to him. You smile as you slam into his chest, immediately being wrapped in his arms. “I don’t like you disappearing and not texting me back. Especially with everything going on.” He sighs, resting his cheek on the top of your head. 

“Your fans don’t like me very much,” You giggle, trying to fight off the overwhelming dread for the sake of Jungkook. 

“I like you very much.” He smiles, “And i’m happy here, so it doesn’t matter to me.”

“I hate to break it to you, but i’m not in the mood to suck your dick again so. If that’s what you’re trying to get here, we’re gonna have to raincheck.”

“What?! I cant just come over to check up on you?”

“Without an ulterior motive?” You laugh, “I highly doubt it.”

“Listen, I know you’re upset. But I'll make sure it’s all sorted out, I promise.” Jungkook's voice is softer than before, making your heart hurt just a bit. 

“I’ll be alright, Kook. I’m big and strong.” 

“Have you ate today yet?”

“...No.”

“Y/nnnnn, you’re breaking my heart.” Jungkook dramatically exclaims, pushing you away from him. “Go sit down and I'll make us dinner.” You follow, plopping down on the couch and watching as he walks into the kitchen. You smile as he begins to survey your kitchen, collecting ingredients as he sees fit. As he begins to cook, he finally realizes you’ve been watching him the entire time. “Hey, you’re supposed to be relaxing! Put on your favorite tv show or something.”

To ease his mind, you follow along. It’s a little less than an hour when he finally brings two bowls, placing them on the coffee table. He disappears for a couple of minutes, bringing back drinks and a small side dish. “Thanks Kook, a bit dramatic, but thank you.” You laugh, grabbing a bowl and sitting back. He makes himself comfortable, scooting until he’s close enough for your legs to be touching. 

“I really don’t want you to feel bad about that article, Y/n.” Jungkook mentions after a few bites of food, an episode playing softly on the tv. “And I don’t want you to worry about my reputation or the rumors. I WAS the one that asked you out, not the other way around.” He emphasizes. “And I mean, I don’t even care. I had a great time, and I wouldn’t change it if I could go back anyway.” 

Eventually, the statement from his company is put out. The two of you read through it, (Jungkook refuses to let you read the responses underneath the article.) It puts your mind to ease slightly, and you hope that it’ll be cleared up soon. “If we keep going out together, people will know.” You sigh, resting your head on Jungkook's shoulder. “Eventually people will know we’re not just business partners.”

“If it gets to that point, I'll just say we’re sucking face every day.” He shrugs, making you smack him in his stomach. “I’m kidding, I'll say we’re fucking every day.” Another hit. 

“Kooookkkkk”

“Okay fine, I'll say you’re my favorite person in the whole wide world that makes me the happiest and cheers me up every day. And then fans cant be mad, because if they’re mad that means they don’t care about my happiness.”

The two of you stare at each other for an extended time, your face straight. “You’re a real smart ass, you know that?” You sigh, getting up and collecting the dirty dishes. You walk into the kitchen, beginning to wash them in the sink. Jungkook eventually comes to help, laughing slightly. 

“Just for you.” He smiles, leaning down to kiss the top of your head. As he helps you wash dishes, he sings softly next to you. 

The two of you clean up before settling back down on the couch, feeling like a domestic couple. You like it, but it’s more than you were ever expecting with Jungkook. Apart of your mind still thinks this is him, Jimin's and Taehyung’s elaborate plan to finally bag you. Truthfully, you hope that its not the reality of your relationship with Kook. 

“We have a performance coming up, a tv broadcast, this Friday. I want you to come.” 

“Kook, this Friday is tomorrow.”

“...Yeah. I still want you to come watch.”

“Wow, thanks for the early heads up.” You jokingly roll your eyes, tossing your legs over Jungkook's lap as you lay down. Jungkook’s hands immediately find your calves, massaging the muscle underneath. “How are you gonna sneak me in, so reporters don’t put two and two together with that article?”

“We put you in a STAFF shirt, obviously.”

“You’re lucky I like the other guys.” You sigh, making Jungkook dramatically place a hand over his heart paired with an obnoxious gasp. “Kook, can I have a kiss?” You smile, tapping your bottom lip.

“Don’t even have to ask.” He smiles, sliding in between your legs and easily slotting your lips together. Your hands find their place in his hair like always, Jungkook's elbows on either side of you keeping his weight up. “I love this.” he mumbles against your lips, quickly resuming the kiss. “Love just kissing you.” 

Jungkook's lips and hair are soft, easily getting lost in the feeling. He also allows his weight to fall onto you, his hands instead wrapping around your body and holding you close to him. Pulling away to catch your breath, you can’t help but smile at Jungkook who peers up to you. “Thank you for coming over to check on me.” You place a small kiss on his forehead. “And making me feel better.”

“Always.” Jungkook smiles. “We leave pretty early tomorrow morning.”

“I’m excited to watch you guys, not so much for cameras.” You sulk. 

“I’ll disguise you.” He laughs, placing his head onto your chest and beginning to watch the tv show. You continue to play with is hair, not paying much mind to the show and just thinking instead. Truly, you enjoy the little fling that you and Jungkook are having. You’re just a bit nervous with the media reaction and backlash you KNOW is under the articles. 

“Are you gonna spend the night, Kook?” You hum, twirling a piece of hair around your fingers. 

“If you’ll let me?” He has a hopeful look on his face, a small smile on his face. 

“Of course, Kook.” You smile, grabbing the blanket off the back rest and tossing it over the both of you. 

______

The next morning is an entire blur, Jungkook once again waking with a start as his phone rings off the hook. His panic sets into you, the two of you rushing to collect anything you’d need for the day. After you have everything you think you’ll need, the two of you rush over to Jungkook's house. (You insist on staying in the car.) Jungkook rushes out before speeding to the company building. 

The other members side eye you and Jungkook for a solid hour, you denying any allegations they speak out loud and Jungkook just laughing at you. “Here, I got you some merch.” Jungkook claims, earning a questioning stare from you and the others in the room. The “merch” is a shirt that says STAFF along the back, a black mask, and a bucket hat. “And to really sell it you can carry my drumsticks and Namjoon's bag that has all of his notes, and schedules, and speeches and other shit written down.” 

“Wow, so kind.” You roll your eyes, watching as Jungkook drops the two bags onto your lap. Surprisingly, Namjoon's bag is heavier than Jungkook's. 

“And you’ll ride in the passenger seat, get out after us, and then just follow us in.” Jungkook gives you a thumbs up, making you laugh. “Other staff will walk in with you, so it’s not just going to be you walking in on your own.”

“I’m glad you thought this out step by step, Kook.” You roll your eyes, moving the bags off of your lap for now. 

“And once you’re inside, there wont be any paparazzi or anything in the back.”

“Aw, lover boy has it all planned out.” Hoseok interjects, grabbing Jungkook's shoulders and shaking him around. It makes the group laugh, Jungkook beginning to fake fight with Hobi. As much as you tease and joke, you’re glad he thought of a way to keep you out of the cameras eye. 

The ride is longer than you thought it would be, awkwardly sitting in the front with the other staff member who drives. You glance back into the back to give Jungkook and Joon a dreadful stare, wishing you could be back there instead. It makes Namjoon laugh, Jungkook not so much as he also wishes you could be in the back. Arriving to the broadcast makes  you nervous, watching as an unbelievable amount of flashes go off as the boys climb out and head in. 

You follow Jungkook's master plan, walking in with the other staff. You thank the singular brain cell in Jungkook’s head, not a singular camera click going off as the group of you walk in. “See it worked!” Is loudly exclaimed the second you walk into the building, making you yelp and jump away. Jungkook stands to the right of the door, pressed against the wall to avoid pictures. 

“You have got to stop doing that.” You claim, jokingly placing a hand over your heart before slamming his drumsticks against his chest. 

Following Jungkook to the others, you squeeze past various camera equipment and staff, eventually entering the decently sized room where the boys are at. “Here you go, Joonie.” You smile, handing him his bag as you plop down next to him. “Jungkook’s plan actually worked.” You laugh, taking off your hat and mask. 

“That’s surprising.” Yoongi vaguely comments from another couch, making you chuckle. 

There’s not much for you to do, watching as the boys get ready and prepare for their performance. You watch the soundcheck and mic checks, the boys joking around. It’s about 30 minutes before the broadcast that everyone filters back into the room, everyone in their stage outfits and equipped with their in-ears and whatnot. You suppose this is the final little pow-wow as Namjoon begins to speak to the others.

“Are you excited to watch?” Jungkook beams, coming over and dramatically plopping down on top of you. “You can stay here and watch the tv, or come out to the stage and stand on the side and watch. I’d say you can sit in the audience, but you might draw some attention.”

“I think I'll just stand on the side of the stage, then.” You nod, making him laugh, 

“Don’t worry, if you come to a concert I'll make sure you have one of those VIP lounges.” He promises. 

“Wow, so sweet.” You roll your eyes. Namjoon has given you various opportunities to come to their performances and concerts, but you were often busy. You did go to some, don’t get it wrong, but it’s obvious to Joon that you can’t turn down Jungkook’s offers like you can his. 

“Okay, come on!” Jungkook hops up, grabbing your hand and dragging you up in one easy swoop. The boys laugh at the two of you, Jungkook leading the way. “You can stay here, you should have a pretty good view and I already told the staff about you. So they won’t think you’re a crazy lady or something.” You roll your eyes. 

“Go to your members, you need to get ready.”

“Give me a kiss before they come, please.”

“Kook….”

“No one is around, no one will see. Promise.”

You really can’t say no to him as you finally give in. His arms wrap around you, pulling you closer to him. “Go, Kook. Before they get suspicious.”

He finally listens, disappearing in the chaos of staff running around and cameras everywhere. He runs quickly, and you’re sure he’s once again late. Trying to stay out of the way of actual staff, you hug the wall for the entire performance. The view, like Kook mentioned, is actually very good.  You smile the entire performance, watching the boys beam as their fans cheer loudly. It makes you happy to see them so happy. 

They wave their goodbyes, small bows as they slowly make their way off the stage opposite of you. Gathering up all of your brain cells, you do your best to retrace the way you and Jungkook came. It takes you a bit longer, but you eventually find your way back to the room. “You guys did so good!” You beam, a giant smile as you hug Yoongi who was the closest to you. You make your rounds, eventually hugging all of the members but Kook, who was the farthest from you. 

“Kook! You looked so good out there!” You smile, coming over to where he sat on a couch. He didn’t respond to you, elbows resting on his knees as he stared at the floor. “Kook?” You ask, crouching down in front of him to try and get his attention. “What’s wrong? Why, Kook?” You mumble, seeing his eyes glossy as he fights off crying. “No, Kook. No, what is it?” You whisper, trying to not make a scene. 

(It failed, the 6 guys are currently watching you and Jungkook.) 

“I messed up…” He sniffles, finally crying as he feels one of your hands come to his face. You furiously wipe the tears that fall from his eyes, hands cupping both sides of his face. “I wanted to do good, since you were here to watch.”

“You did, Kook. I didn’t even notice, no one noticed it.” You reassure him, “You did so well, I was smiling the entire time! Don’t be upset, Kook.” He eventually calms down in your hold, tears slowing. “I was really happy watching you guys.” You smile, smoothing his hair in an attempt to comfort him. Jimin shuffles past, handing you a box of tissues. 

It makes both you and Jungkook laugh. Jungkook speaking up, “Thanks.” Jimin offers a thumbs up, which makes you smile. 

“I think they’re waiting for you to take pictures.” You mumble, a slight teasing tone behind it. Jungkook nods, watching as you stand up before getting up himself. 

They shuffle to take pictures, everyone teasing Jungkook as they pull him into the center. You smile, watching Jimin poke Jungkook’s cheek. 

“Come over, Y/N.” Namjoon gestures, opening on of his arms. 

“Oh, it’s okay.” You shake your hands. Namjoon rolls your eyes, grabbing one of your arms and pulling you into the group. 

Jimin smirks, pulling you into the center with Kook. Kook wraps an arm around your shoulder, the other hand coming to squish your face. You laugh, the camera’s clicking. Now it’s your turn as you hassle him into a fake chokehold, another camera click filling the room. Jungkook has a giant smile in both photos, making you smile. 

“We’re leaving in about an hour, until then there’s food and drinks.” A staff member informs you guys, everyone thanking him. 

Everyone settles down, you finding your spot on the couch by Namjoon once again. Jungkook plops down next to you, making no move to grab something to eat. “Kook, you should eat.” You mumble through your bites of food. He doesn’t respond, making you roll your eyes. “You should listen to your elders more.” You scold, grabbing a bowl of noodles and placing them in his hand. 

You let go of the cup, leaving it to Jungkook to hold onto them. “You’re lucky this didn’t spill all over my lap.” Jungkook sighs, finally sitting up and beginning to eat the noodles. 

“It would’ve been your own fault.” You shrug, making Joon laugh beside you. 

Everyone eats and makes conversation with another, a smile on your face almost the entire time as you listen to them. The hour flies by, eventually everyone collecting their belongings. You grab Namjoon's bag and Kook’s drumsticks, placing your mask and hat back on. 

“We’ll see you in a bit, make sure you find the other staff members.” Joon smiles, giving you a quick hug before you have to run off. You once again thank Jungkook as not a single click goes off as you walk out, finding the right van and climbing in. 

You and the driver awkwardly sit alone in the van until the boys come out. Namjoon, Yoongi, and Jungkook climb into the van you're in. The other members getting into the one in front of you.  The ride back to the company building is just as long, Yoongi and Namjoon taking a small cat nap. 

“Y/N, come sit with me.” Jungkook whines from the back, making you raise an eyebrow. 

“I don't know if that’s a good idea, Kook.” You laugh. 

“Please, I just wanna nap. The window is too hard to rest on.” He explains. He’s sitting all the way in the back by himself, Namjoon and Yoongi in the middle two seats. 

“No funny business, Jeon.” You threaten, unbuckling. You apologize to the driver profusely as you climb over the middle, eventually making it into the back. You’re careful not to bump into Yoongi or Namjoon. With a sigh of relief, you finally make it. Jungkook smiles, unbuckling his seat belt and immediately resting his head in your lap. “Let me buckle up first, if we get into a car crash we both don’t have to die.”

One of his arms rests underneath your thigh, making himself comfortable. “Thank you, Y/N.” He smiles. 

“Don’t tell me you’re still upset, kook.” You sigh, hearing it in his voice. 

“I’ll be okay.” He smiles, glancing up to you before rolling back forward. 

“You did good, I mean it. And I'm just not saying that, I really think it was amazing. I’m sure all of your Army loved every second of it.”

“I know but it wasn't army it was for you-”

“Shhhhhh,” You slap one of your hands against his mouth, earning a lick to your palm. You wipe the spit onto his shirt, a look of disgust overtaking your face. “It was for me, and I loved every second of it. Stop being so hard on yourself.” You sigh, hands resting in his hair. “Take a nap, Kook.” 

You’re not sure when he falls asleep, but he eventually does. You’re unable to sleep, the position too uncomfortable but you really don’t mind. You stare out of the window the entire time, watching trees and numerous street lights pass you. It’s not until you hear a click that your attention is brought back into the car. 

“…Shit.” Yoongi mumbles, quickly hiding his phone. 

“Cmooonnnn” You complain, whining. Yoongi only laughs at your distress. 

“What? It’s cute, plus I wanna show the other guys. Maybe they’ll stop teasing the two of you so much if they know how much you mean to Kook.” He defends his actions. “And before you ask, because I know you’re about to, no I didn’t show anyone the video.” 

“…Thank you Yoongi.” It actually was the question you were about to ask him. “But don’t get my hopes up, I don’t think I mean all that much to him.” You sigh, glancing down to the boy in your lap. With the small trio they have, you’re convinced they’ve created some elaborate plan to get Jungkook into your pants and that’s the end of the little fling. You suppose you can only delay the inevitable so much. 

“Hmm, if you say so.” Yoongi side eyes you, eventually turning back around and placing an earbud in. He sends you the photo soon after, and you assume that’s also when he sends it to the group chat as you can hear Joon's phone also ping. 

From then, it’s not long after that you arrive at the company. Joon wakes up on his own, somehow knowing the van was stopped for real now and not just at a light. It’s almost scary, his intuition. Kook is still passed out in your lap, earning him a series of aggressive shakes. (You finally learned that Jungkook is a heavy sleeper, you gotta use some force.) After a bit, you get a very groggy “Huh?” 

“We’re at the company building, get up.” You answer, watching as he slowly pushes him self up off your lap. Glancing around, he finally gains his bearings. You follow Yoongi and Namjoon out of the van, stretching your legs and back for what feels like the first time in years. “Joon, I left yours and Jungkook's bags in the passenger seat.” He nods, wiping the remaining sleep out his eyes as he walks around to the front. Jungkook finally hobbles out, the car door being shut. 

“Okay, i’m gonna get going. Today really took it out of me.” Min dramatically explains, pretending to sleep on his hands. “I'll see you guys soon.” Yoongi smiles, giving the three of you a hug before making his way. 

“Where are the others?” You mumble, not seeing their van at the building yet. 

“Apparently they stopped for food on the way over.” Namjoon explains, “They’ll be here in like 10ish minutes probably.” 

“I’m tired, I don’t feel like waiting 10 minutes.” Jungkook grumbles, standing behind you and placing his cheek on your head. “C'mon, I'll give you a ride home Y/n.” 

“Get off of me,” You joke, pushing Jungkook backwards. “You just slept for like 2 hours. Plus I wanna say bye to the others and thank them for letting me come today.” 

“I'll add you to the group chat, let’s go.” Jungkook is dragging you away before you even have a chance to refute him. Namjoon just laughs at the two of you, watching as you jokingly scold him. 

“Bye Joon! Get home safe!” You call, waving to him before Kook rounds a corner. “Jungkoookkk, I wanted to say bye.” 

“They’d just tease us for the picture anyways.” He mumbles, eventually pulling you under his arm rather than dragging you by the wrist. He’s right about the picture, your face warming slightly. “Who even sent that? Yoongi? Namjoon?” 

You let out a small sigh, “Yoongi. He said it was cute or something, you know how he is.” 

Jungkook doesn’t say anything, walking to the car. He still opens the passenger side door for you, allowing you to climb in before softly closing it. You try to pinpoint why he’s acting so odd all of the sudden, but you really can’t. As he drives in silence, not even the radio playing, you know something’s for sure wrong. “Kook, it might be a bad time to ask. But what’s wrong…” You mumble, watching as he leans his head on his hand, elbow resting on a small divot in the door. 

“I just wish…I don’t know. That we didn’t have to hide I guess.” He mumbles. “From the cameras, from my members, from my fans.” 

It makes you smile, “Kook, I see where you’re coming from, but we’re technically just hook up buddies right now.” You laugh. “What would you say to your fans, here’s the girl i’m sleeping with!!” The joke finally makes him crack, a small chuckle coming from him. “|And your members only tease us because they love you, and you’re their youngest. They’ll get over it eventually.” 

He has a small smile on his face, nodding his head. “I guess you’re right.” 

“To cheer you up, let’s go to your house instead?” You propose, trying to hide the smile on your face. It eventually cracks through when Jungkook side eyes you, a hopeful gleam in his eye. 

“Anything for you, Y/n.” He smiles, redirecting to his house instead. He doesn’t live far from your apartment, maybe a 20 minute drive if you’re speeding (Kook was.) “And here we are, the Jeon household.” He dramatically claims as he pulls into his garage. 

“I hate rich people.” You and Jungkook say at the same time, your eyes wide as you stare at him. (You stop saying it after that.) 

“I knew you were gonna say that.” He laughs, climbing out. You follow, allowing Jungkook to lead the way in. “Bam, my Doberman, is at training right now so he’s not here. So you don’t have to worry about him.” 

“Holy shit you have a big house.” You mumble as you walk into the living room. “It looked big on the outside but it’s somehow bigger inside.” 

“I guess the designers were good at their job.” He laughs, sitting down on the couch. You take your spot next to him, easily finding yourself underneath his arm. “Maybe I shouldn’t take you to performances anymore.” Jungkook bluntly says, catching you off guard for a moment. He realizes, a small chuckle following. “Because I just wanna kiss and hug and cuddle you too much.” 

“God, Kook.” Is all you can mumble, making him laugh. “Right, make a group chat.”

“Huh?”

“With all of the members, so I can thank them remember? We should do it now before we forget.” You smile, watching as he slowly reaches for his phone. He makes a show of pretending it’s the most painstaking task he’s ever done in his life. He sends a message, a small vibration in your back pocket as you reach for it. 

Kook: Y/n wanted to declare her undying love for me in front of everyone 

You: Jungkook’s brain is rotting 

You: I just wanted to say thank you guys for letting me come to the broadcast today to watch you guys perform. It was really fun and I enjoyed it a lot. You guys all did amazing, i’m super proud of all of you! <3 

Jinnie: Awwww our little Y/n :,) 

Jin's message makes you giggle. 

Joonie: anytime Y/n, we always love having you around. You’re always welcome to tag along. 

Jiminie : sent an attachment 

It’s the photo Yoongi took on the way home, you finally using that as your cue to exit out of the group chat. 

“They’re already starting.” You laugh, placing your phone onto the coffee table. 

“See, I told you.” Jungkook cockily declares, reaching over and hoisting you up. “They would’ve just teased you if we sat there and waited for them.” 

“I don’t like it when you’re right.” You tease, allowing your hands to slide up the bottom of his shirt. You allow your hands to roam his torso, feeling any muscle they come across. “I don’t like not being able to tease you all day.” You continue to complain. “Or kiss you whenever I feel like it.” 

“You can around the members.” Jungkook smirks, voice slightly breathy. 

“Your little trio would enjoy it too much.” You smile, watching his reaction. “Jimin yanking down my shirt to look for any hickeys?” 

“Honest to everything, I didn’t think he was going to do that.” He defends, making you laugh. 

“He said you won’t tell them anything about us, so he wanted to do his own investigating.” You explain, watching as his ears turn slightly red. Before you can explain himself more, you hike the t-shirt up and over his head. You close the space in between the two of you, pressing your chest against his as your arms hold onto his shoulders. 

“I don’t want to tell them private details regarding you, because I feel that that’s an invasion of privacy.” He mumbles, making you smile. 

“Good.” You smile. 

“You know, this is fucked up.” Jungkook whines, making you raise an eyebrow. “This is like some fucking my coworker roleplay.” Your still slightly confused as jungkook’s face burns bright red. “Your shirt, look at your shirt.” 

Oh right, the staff shirt you were currently wearing that was slightly too big on you. It makes you let out a loud laugh, Jungkook slightly embarrassed. “I hate you, I really do.” You continue to laugh as you climb off his lap. “Where are your condoms bun?” 

“I uh, uhm, uhh. Sorry, in my bedroom on in the right bedside drawer.” He stammers, making you smile. 

“Okay, now where’s your bedroom?” Jungkook cant be anymore embarrassed, he thinks. 

“Go down the hall, at the very end make a left. Go down that hall and then at the very end the right.” 

You stare at him for a couple of moments. “I'll yell for you in case I get lost.” You laugh, beginning the journey. As complex as it sounded when he told you the directions, you find the room easily. There’s little action figures on a shelf, signaling that this is for sure Jungkook's room. Rummaging through the bedside drawer, you find what you’re looking for. “I found some stuff, bun!” You call, walking back into the living room. 

The look on his poor face as you present your findings makes you smile. “Goddamnit I forgot that was in there!” He complains, tossing his head back against the couch. To your delight, you found his Fleshlight and bottle of lube, both unopened. 

“You can’t leave toys in there and expect me not to play with them, bun.” You smirk, climbing back onto his lap. Placing the bottle of lube up to his lips, “Bite.” You watch as he easily follows directions, biting the plastic from the cap and easily tearing it off. “Y’know, you should look more enthusiastic than that or I'm not gonna let you cum.” You grin, watching his face fall. “Don’t worry bun, I'll make you feel good.” You smile, finally getting the box open and tossing the lube and Fleshlight aside for now. The box lands somewhere behind you as you throw it across the living room.

Your lips easily slot together, a satisfied sigh coming from Jungkook. “Can I please take off your top?” He whines against your lips, hands sliding just slightly underneath the fabric to rest on your skin. 

“Sure bun, but that’s it.” You mumble, watching him celebrate as he easily strips the staff t-shirt and tosses it onto the coffee table. Pulling you closer, the two of you let out a hum as your skin makes contact. Jungkook's skin is warm against yours, riling you up as you kiss him harder. It’s hard to feel through the thick material of your jeans, but by the way his hips grind against you, you’re sure Kook’s the same way. 

“I love this, Y/n.” Kook whines, pulling your body closer to his. “Like feeling your skin on mine.” He mumbles against your lips, biting them softly. 

“Kook?” 

“Hm?” 

“Can you get up for a sec?” He nods, following whatever you ask from him immediately. You could tell him to eat you out for hours and he’d do it. He watches as you shuffle to one side of the couch and sit sideways, patting the area in between your legs. “Strip, then sit with your back facing me.” 

“Fuck Y/n.” He whines, following. Your eyes watch every move he makes, his ears burning but your gaze making him even harder. He places himself in between your legs, both hands holding onto your thighs that rest on either side of him. “I'm not used to this.” Jungkook admits, softly placing his head back and resting it on your shoulder. 

“You seem to like it, Kook.” You tease, allowing your hands to roam his torso. Just before you get to the base of his cock, you slide your hands up. “Look how hard you are right now.” You hum, placing a warm kiss onto his neck. 

“I know.” He whines, hips twitching from the lack of touch. His hands squeeze your legs, fingertips making indents in your jeans. 

“You like this, Kook?” You ask, ghosting your hand over his shaft. 

“A lot.” Kook whines, finally letting out a small moan as you wrap your hand around him. You lazily jerk his cock, watching how his abs clench from the slightest touch you give him. 

“You’re really sensitive today, bun. Are you gonna cum early?” You tease, biting down softly on his shoulder but not leaving a mark. He whimpers as you move your wrist faster, head resting on your shoulder as he tries to minimize the sensation in his head. He only picks his head up when your hands disappear, looking for the reason. “My sweet Kook, buying a Fleshlight just to throw it in his drawer and forget about it.” You smirk, looking at the completely new toy in your hands. 

Jungkook can’t help but flush a bright red, watching as you play with the lips of the Fleshlight he’s never touched. Your fingers teasingly push the lips apart, dipping in your first knuckle as you feel the inside. “It’s okay if you cum early bunny, this is your first time with this hm?” You can just barely see the look on his face as you bring it up to his face, holding it just in front of his mouth. “Lick.” 

The hold you have over him is undeniable, Jungkook ignoring the slight embarrassment as he follows your instruction. You apply pressure against his tongue as he licks and sucks, lewd sounds bouncing around the living room. The sight is almost porn to your sore eyes, unblinking as you watch him eat out the fake pussy in your hand. Your legs involuntarily squeeze around his frame in between you, watching as his pink tongue easily slips into the clear center. Pulling the toy away, a sting of saliva connecting his lips to the toy, he lets out a shaky breath. “That was hot, definitely got you fired up now.” 

He embarrassingly nods his head, feeling his cock twitch. His eyes are fixated as you now fumble for the bottle of lube, eventually finding it on the cushion. Popping it open, you squirt a considerable amount onto his cock. “Ah, cold.” He whines, hips jerking up into the air. You quickly gather it on one palm, slowly jerking his cock to spread it around. You wipe the excess off of your hand and onto the toy, making Jungkook whine as he tosses his head back. “I can't watch this, I'm gonna cum too soon.” 

“Tell me when you’re about to come.” You whisper, watching as he nods his head on your shoulder. Passing the Fleshlight to your right hand, you can’t help but smirk as you slowly drag the toy along his shaft. His cock twitches at the new sensation, abs clenched as your hand rests on top of them. “Hopefully you’re ready Kook.” You smile, easily slipping the toy over his head. The moan he lets out is nothing but sin, your untouched core clenching around nothing. 

“It’s tight,” He whimpers, head still on your shoulder as you begin to slide the toy further down. His cock is almost too big, head just less than an inch away from hitting the top. The poor toy is stretched around him, bulging out at the end. 

“Bun, your cock is almost too big.” You whisper in his ear, making him shudder. “Look.” Slowly, he picks his head up. You’re right, his cock is almost breaking the poor toy. “That just means it feels even tighter wrapped around you.” You smile, beginning to move the toy. Your pace is agonizingly slow, watching as Jungkook twitches and bucks his hips slightly. The room quickly fills with moans and whimpers, Jungkook unable to hold them back. (He’s also not embarrassed anymore since you like them so much.) 

“My little Jungkook fucking a clear Fleshlight just for me.” You hum, licking along his ear. The sensation makes him shiver, hips jerking particularly hard as you gently suck on his lobe. You eventually move the toy faster, relishing in all the noises Jungkook whines into your ear. 

“Gonna cum already.” He whimpers, picking his head up slightly to watch as the toy sinks down onto him. “Cum-“ Before he can finish his statement you rip the toy off, using the heels of your feet to pin his legs down to the couch. His head falls back onto your shoulder, whimpers spilling from his lips. His hips try to buck into the air, cock twitching. 

“Calm down?” You smirk, setting the toy down carefully so that the open end doesn’t touch the couch. You take your time to tease, hands running along every inch of skin you can reach besides his cock. “Let me know when you’re not close anymore.” You smirk, gently flicking a nipple. 

“Y/n?” 

“Yeah Kook?” 

“I never want you to stop touching me.” He whines, closing his eyes as he rests on your shoulder. “Okay, I'm good.” 

“How many more do you think you can take?” You smile, beginning your ministrations once again. 

“Without-fuck.” He hiccups as you slide the toy over him, “Without losing my mind, maybe two more.” 

“I'll be nice then and this will be the last one.” You smile, beginning to move the toy faster. You get an even bigger reaction from kook, watching his hips buck into the toy slightly each time you pull it back. The grip on your legs is even tighter, likely leaving little fingerprint bruises in your thighs. “You’re gonna leave marks on me, bun.” 

“Good.” He moans, face scrunched up in pleasure. you can see the faint reflection of the two of you in the window glass, definitely a sight to see. 

“You’re doing so good for me bun,” You smile, twisting a nipple with your free hand. It makes him whimper, body twitching at all the sensations happening at once. “So fucking hot, Jungkook.” You smile, kissing along his neck. Your forearm is on fire at this point, praying to god you don’t lose grip of the Fleshlight and send it flying. 

“Gonna cum.” Kook whines, fingers digging into your legs particularly hard. Once again, you jerk the toy off his length and watch as he searches for any friction. Your heels wedge themselves once again onto his legs, restraining how much he can actually buck his hips. 

“How was that one?” Jungkook can hear the tease in your voice, riling him up. 

“It hurts.” He whines, letting out a small hum as your hands begin to roam his body once again. “Wanna cum bad, really bad.” 

“This time you can cum all you want.” You smile, slipping his cock back into the toy without warning. His hips jerk forward, almost slamming into the end of the toy. The beginning pace is brutal, faster than the last two. It makes Jungkook whine without any restraint, body twitching hard. “Inside the toy or outside, bun?” 

“Inside.” He whimpers, readjusting his grip on your legs and holding closer to your calves. You assume it’s to stop you from hooking your heels over his legs and preventing his movement. You let it slide, you already said he could come this time so there’s no use in stopping it. 

“I'm close, Y/n,” He whimpers, turning his head slightly as he bites gently onto your neck. 

“Don’t leave a mark.” Your voice is stern as you move your wrist faster, watching as he begins to time his thrusts to meet the Fleshlight half way. 

“Coming.” Jungkook whimpers, hips stuttering as he comes. You continue to fuck the toy onto him, slowing down a considerable amount as you help him ride it out. He’s quickly overstimulated, one hand coming up to hold your wrist still as the other pulls your hand away from his nipples. “Holy shit,” He huffs, body still twitching slightly. 

“You’re almost touching the top.” You mumble, making him look down at the toy. 

“Fuck, Y/n.” He lets go of your wrists, watching as you slowly pull the toy off and flip it up. Jungkook's chest rises and falls rapidly, trying to catch his breath. The gentle kisses you place along his skin are slightly lost to him, mind fuzzy as he recovers. 

“You did good, Jungkook. That was honestly the hottest thing I've ever seen.” You smile, placing a final kiss onto his cheek. “I'm gonna go clean this out and I'll be back. I think you bought a cleaning set that was also in your drawer.” 

Jungkook sits up, allowing you to squeeze out from behind him and make your way down the hall. You snatch your shirt from the coffee table before making your way, but Jungkook doesn’t notice. You quickly wash it and set everything out to dry on the bathroom counter, trying not to laugh at how ridiculous it looks. Setting the cleaning solution back into his drawer, you can see various other toys that you survey before shutting the door. 

“Kook! Can I borrow some pants?!” You yell from his room, waiting to hear an answer. You jump slightly as the door swings open instead. 

“You scare easily.” He chuckles, walking into his closet. “I have my sweatpants that might be kind of big on you, or I have the ones you loaned me earlier that I washed and dried?” He offers the options, holding up two pairs. You take yours before heading into the bathroom. 

You’re met with the same situation as Kook the other week, the debate on if you wear your sticky underwear or not. With a sigh, you leave them on before changing out of your pants. “Also, everything has to dry before you put it back together. Otherwise it’ll be moldy and disgusting, and I'm sorry Kook, but I will not touch your moldy dick.” You lecture, making him smile as he falls down onto his bed in new pants, still shirtless. 

“You wouldn’t touch me?” 

“Ew…” That makes the two of you laugh, “Did you throw away the box that it came in? I just threw it somewhere in the living room.” You laugh, plopping down beside him. 

“Eh, I'll get it tomorrow.” He makes a brief motion towards the living room, brushing it off. You both agree on something to watch, Jungkook getting up and closing the door and shutting the lights off before climbing back into bed. 

“Did you enjoy it Kook, it wasn’t too much right?” You ask, watching as he opens his arms for you. You close the distance, wrapping your arms around him and softly rubbing his back. You can’t really see his face from how you’re laying, but you listen intently. 

“I liked it, Y/n. l like trying new things with you.” He hums, leaning over to kiss your forehead. “Also, I'm gonna repay the favor one day, and make your legs shake around my head.” 

“Hmm, I know you will Kook.” You smile, cuddling into him. “Not today though, I'm tired. I didn't sleep in the car.” You yawn, closing your eyes. 

“I had a feeling you were gonna say that.” He laughs, making you smile. “Goodnight Y/n.” Jungkook smiles, kissing the top of your head. 

______

You’re woken up by a loud banging coming from the living room, you slowly sitting up from the covers. “Kook?” You mumbles, turning to him and shaking him roughly. The banging is really loud, making you nervous. “Kook, wake up please.” You speak, getting onto your hands and knees and beginning to shove him around. 

“What’s wrong?” He mumbles, eyes still closed as he holds onto your forearm. “What is it?” He asks, finally opening his eyes and sitting up. 

“There’s someone at the door, they sound angry.” You mumble, releasing your grip on him and allowing him to sit up. “I didn’t wanna check it on my own.”

“Stay here, I'll go look.” He says, climbing out of bed. You stay in the room, watching the door that he just left. You can hear the front door open, Jungkook and another person talking back and forth. Getting up, you press your ear against the door. 

“Did you bag her yet?” It sounds like one of the younger members, but you can’t tell who it is through the distance and door. “Namjoon told me that you took her home last night.”

“No, man. It’s not like that.”

“What do you mean? It’s always been like that, finally getting the so-called man eater in bed.” You can hear footsteps walking around the living room. “Really, a Fleshlight? So you didn’t fuck her.” You can hear the box hit the ground as it’s likely kicked, not being picked up from the other night. 

“It’s not like that anymore, I thought you knew that.” 

“You’re full of shit, Kook.” You can hear him laugh, likely throwing the box out as they walk further away. 

“Don’t you have a flight or something to catch?” Jungkook sighs. You can hear the front door open, followed by a series of stomps which you can only attribute to them shoving each other regarding the door. “I’ll talk to you later.” And then the door closes. You shuffle your way out of Jungkook's room, belongings in hand from the other day. 

“Can you take me home Kook?” You ask, clicking your phone on to check the time. 

Jungkook looks stressed out, jumping slightly at the sound of your voice. “It’s not like that Y/N. He doesn’t know what he’s talking about, and that, what he said, isn’t true.” He’s gesturing around the room. “I suppose it was like that, but it’s not like that anymore.”

“It’s okay Kook, plus it’s not like we’re dating.” You smile softly, trying to ignore whatever the feeling in your chest is. “Technically we are just hooking up. I have work later…so I wanna go home and get ready.”

“Y/N…”

“Kook, just bring me home.” You sigh, holding your jeans and your dumb staff disguise from the broadcast. Your phone is in your sweatpants and your bag is over your shoulder. You feel unbelievably stupid standing in front of him. 

He sighs, “Give me a couple of minutes.” You nod, watching him speed walk past you. He gets ready quickly, coming back out. “Okay, we can go now.”

You nod, following him out to the garage. You slip your shoes on, feeling Jungkook’s eyes on you. You don’t say anything, avoiding his stare as you walk out to the car. He doesn’t open the door for you, focused on locking the garage door. You get in quickly, quite honestly not wanting him to open the passenger side for you. The ride is unbelievably quiet, music playing in the background the entire ride. Pulling into the parking lot, you can see Jungkook ramping himself up. 

“Y/N, I really don’t want you thinking-”

“Kook, it’s okay.” You smile. “I don’t think you should walk me up, though. Just in case someone sees us walking in together.”

Jungkook could cry, truthfully. “Okay.”

“I’ll see you around.” You smile as you place a quick kiss onto his cheek, climbing out of his car. As you walk in, you turn around and wave bye with a smile. You don’t have work until later on in the day, working a closing shift at the café. 

Yoongi, can you come over please. Before you answer, it’s about my Jungkook situation. So be prepared for a lot. 

Always, Y/N.

You send him your address, giving him a brief rundown of how to get to your apartment after arriving at the building. It takes maybe 30 minutes before you hear knocking at the door. Looking out of the small peep hole, you see Yoongi with bags in both hands. You open the door for him. “Heyyy,” You mumble, stepping out of the way and allowing him to walk inside. 

“I’m just gonna assume that something happened, so I brought over some food and drinks.” He smiles, showing off the bags. “And I'm already prepared to hear whatever inappropriate details that you inevitably are gonna spill, either intentionally or accidentally.”

You can’t help but laugh, walking into the living room after shutting the door. Yoongi follows, setting the bags down before plopping down. “I’ll try to spare you the details like I do Namjoon.”

“Please do.” That makes you laugh once again. 

“Okay so a brief rundown starting from when I first met Kook.” You tell Yoongi all of the major details that are essential to the plot, sparring the minor details that would scar his image of his youngest. You assume you’re doing a good job, because Yoongi hasn’t once made a funny face or shocked expression. You finally get to this morning’s event, eyes watering slightly. You laugh, slightly frustrated at yourself for being so upset over something seemingly stupid to you. You never were supposed to get so attached to Kook, you KNEW it was the man-eater story that sparked his interest in you. 

“So yeah, I’m not sure which member it was that came over this morning. I asked Kook to take me home after that, and I can tell it upset him because he knew I was upset at him.” You laugh. 

Yoongi stares at you for a couple of moments, collecting his thoughts before beginning to give any of his advice. “I’m going to say something that you’re not going to like, and you’re probably not going to believe. You’re just gonna have to believe me here.” 

You nod, preparing yourself for whatever news he has. 

“Jungkook does actually like you.”

“Ugh, come on Yoongi.”

“Hey, I said you’re gonna have to believe me! This is not believing me.” He complains, pointing an accusatory finger at you. “I think that some of the members don’t believe him when he says that he likes you, but I genuinely think that he does. The way he talks about you and always wants you around him isn’t just wanting to hook up.” Yoongi explains, trying to get you to believe him. After this, you begin to eat the food that he brought over. 

“Yoongi, I heard this morning that-”

“Did Jungkook say it himself? That he just wanted to hook up with you and then dump you?” You shake your head no, he does have you there. “That’s just what whoever came over thinks, not what Jungkook thinks, trust me. I don’t think I've ever heard Jungkook talk about someone the way he does about you.”

“Okay Yoongi, you’re buying drinks when I eventually let him fuck and then he leaves.” You mumble in between bites of food. 

“Okay Y/N, you’re buying drinks when I’m right and that doesn’t happen.” He counters. 

“On second thought…I take that back.” Yoongi busts out laughing. “I hear that you’re right a lot. And you know Jungkook better, so whatever.”

“I promise you, he does like you. Before he invited you to the broadcast he was practically running around like a madman to accommodate you.” Yoongi explains, grabbing some food for himself. “He was so upset after the performance because he wanted everything to be perfect, not for himself, but for you.” 

“Stop getting my hopes up, Min.” You sigh. “It’s not good for my heart.”

“You have to stop being so stubborn. You’re just like him.” Yoongi laughs. 

“Yoongi, I kind of like him. Like actually like him.” You embarrassingly admit, your face flushing a bright red. 

Yoongi stares at you for a while. “No shit, Sherlock.” You’re even more embarrassed.

You and Yoongi spend the next couple of hours together, talking about whatever was naturally brought up in the conversation. Eventually, you do have to get ready for work. Yoongi understands, helping clean up from your shared meal. “I’m gonna go and let you get ready for work.” Yoongi smiles, wiping down the coffee table. 

“Thank you, Yoongi. Really.” You smile, wrapping him in a hug. You genuinely appreciate him coming to listen, despite giving you debatable information. 

“Anytime.” Yoongi smiles, hugging you back. “I’m happy to see my little kids falling in love, having their little fling.” He smiles. “I’ll come visit you at work.” He says before he leaves.

Yoongi carries out his promise, coming later on in the night. You scold him for being out so late, but you suppose he’s used to having late nights. You used your employee discount for his drink, sneaking the baked treat to him. You use the excuse that you throw them out at the end of the day and bake them fresh the next day, which is true but regardless. You had to convince him to take it. 

“I told Kook you’re working the nightshift.” Yoongi smiles. 

“God damn it, Min.” You sigh, shaking your head. 

“He’ll be here in maybe 10 minutes.” Yoongi giggles as he leaves the coffee shop, waving as he walks past the window. 

Yoongi is right often, and once again, he’s right about this situation. Jungkook comes in maybe 8 minutes later, a sheepish look on his face. You don’t even know what to say to him, the two of you looking at each other for an extended amount of time. 

“What can I get for you?” You smile at him, walking to the register. 

“Y/N, you have to believe me.” Jungkook whines, beginning his dramatics as he slumps over on the glass display case. He leaves another Kook-Stamp, making you smile. You could strangle him, you could. “I’ll do anything to prove it to you, I swear.” 

“Jungkook, you say that a lot you know.” You laugh. “I’m not mad at you, Kook. You don’t have to apologize to me.”

“I swear I don’t just want to hook up and then run, even though that’s what he made it sound like.” Jungkook continues to whine as he continues to drag his face along the glass. He’s doing a good job at making your job harder.

“Kook, even if you do that’s okay. That’s the pretense I started talking to you anyway.” You laugh. You don’t want him to say things he doesn’t mean, and right now it seems like he’s doing exactly that. “I like whatever little relationship we have going on.”

“Me too.” Jungkook nods. “I really like it too.” 

“What can I get for you, Kook?” You smile, reaching over and peeling his face off of the case. 

“When do you get off?” You’re still holding his face in your hand, watching as he melts into your touch. “I wanna take you out on a date.”

“You know that’s not a good idea.” You smile at him. 

“A date, at my house. Just me and you.” 

You roll your eyes, “Sure Kook, I’d love to. For now, what can I get for you?” 

You do the same thing as you did Yoongi, sneaking him a baked treat and a drink. You’re not sure your manager would really care, considering who they are, but regardless you pretend that you’re sneaking it. 

“When do you get off?” He asks as he sips on the ice coffee in hand, awkwardly holding his treat in the other. 

“In about 30 minutes.”

“I’ll wait for you.” He smiles, sitting down at a table. He does, watching every now and then as you do your closing tasks. He’s resting his chin on one of his hands, a soft smile on his face. You jokingly wipe him down with a rag, trying to wipe the table that he’s at. “Wow, a free drink and a free bath?” He laughed. “Customer service is really improving.”

“I need you to stand up from the table.” You laugh, Jungkook not getting the hint. He eventually stands up, watching as you wipe down the table and chair. “Okay, all done. Let me clock out really quickly.”

Afterwards, you meet Jungkook by the door. He makes up for not being able to open the door for you this morning, making a show of beating you to the passenger side. You can’t help but roll your eyes, climbing in. “Okay, to my house?” He smiles, buckling up. You nod, reaching over and grabbing his hand. Jungkook smiles, beginning to drive.

“I gotta ask, Kook. How much is this “date” going to be an actual date? And not just us fooling around on your couch.” It makes Jungkook burst out laughing. 

“I would say maybe 95% date, and 5% fool around on my couch if I get lucky.” You can’t help but roll your eyes slightly at him, trying hard to not laugh. 

The two of you don’t have much to talk about for the rest of the car ride, a comfortable silence falling over the two of you as music plays. Arriving at his house is no different, not a lot needing to be said as you head inside. Your interest is piqued as Jungkook walks through the house, making his way into the backyard. Without a word, you naturally follow him. The backyard is decorated with various fairy lights and small lanterns on the grass. The small path leads to a blanket, a small picnic arranged in the middle of the yard. 

“Kook, you’ve really outdone yourself.” You can’t help but smile at him, the effort making your heart fuzzy. 

“I know we can’t really have public dates, so I’ve gotta get creative and find other alternatives.” Jungkook laughs. “And Jin maybe, perhaps, helped me make the food. But don’t give him credit, it’ll go to his head.” He quickly explains, making you giggle. Jungkook dramatically plops down onto the fluffy blanket, patting the area next to him as he peers up at you. Eventually, you cave and plop down along with him. You easily find your seat underneath his arm. 

“I really appreciate your effort, Kook.” You smile. 

“Listen, I want to explain-”

Before he has a chance to continue on speaking, you slap a hand over his mouth. His eyes are wide as he stares at you, making you giggle. “Shhhh, you’re ruining the mood. You don’t have to, you don’t owe me an explanation.” 

“I want you to know that what he said isn't true. Not true in the slightest. I can’t really prove it right now, so in the meantime just take my word for it.” He explains. 

“Alright, if you say so.” You smile, rolling your eyes. You rest your head on him, eyes closing slightly. You’ve had a long day and you’re a bit tired, but enjoying the little date regardless. “I hope you thanked Jin for me.” You smile, reaching for a dish and beginning to eat. After a bite, you offer Jungkook some, feeding him. “I can feel  you staring at me, Kook.”

“Sorry.” You’re almost able to imagine the blush on his face. “I just think you’re really pretty, y/n.” 

Glancing over, he’s still staring at you. “I thought you said we would have a date. Stop trying to butter me up to sleep with you.” You tease, sticking your tongue out at him. It makes the two of you laugh. 

“God, can’t even compliment you anymore.” Jungkook complains, laying down on his back. He peers up at the stars, examining any constellations. You listen as he tells you about them, a fond smile overtaking your face involuntarily. He’s especially cute right now, wearing his signature comfy clothes as he shares his knowledge with you. Every now and then, he opens his mouth for a bite of food, which you give him. 

“You’re really cute right now, Kook.” You can’t help but smile at him as he glances up. 

“Wow, who’s buttering up who now?” He jokes. Eventually, you set the dish down and carefully join him laying down. Cuddled up to his side, you’re not exactly looking at the stars and more or less looking sideways. Jungkook continues to talk about the stars, moon, and planets as you listen. “You’re not even looking at the sky with me.” He whines, realizing after a solid 10 minutes. 

“I like listening to you talk.” On the verge of falling asleep, you have to sit back up. If not, you would definitely fall asleep on Jungkook’s chest. Jungkook asks about your day, and with a small pang in your chest you feel guilty. You could lie, but at this point it wouldn’t really matter. “I called Yoongi over to talk, because you hurt my feelings.” You laugh out loud, watching as Jungkook’s face falls. “Don’t worry, he reassured me. I’m not sad about you anymore.”

“...I don’t know what that means.” Jungkook mumbles. 

“No, Jungkook. I didn’t fuck Yoongi.” You roll your eyes, watching as he lets out his breath. He does an exaggerated whew which makes you laugh. He goes to the full extent of wiping fake sweat off of his brow.  “God, you really think I sleep with everyone. You have some issues.”

Jungkook sits up, wrapping you in his arms before easily dragging you down to the blanket. “Just gotta make sure, otherwise me and Yoongi would have to talk.” He threatens, holding up a fist before placing his arm back down. With your head resting on his arm, facing each other, you can’t help but smile. 

“Yoongi and I are good friends, Namjoon introduced him to me first.” You smile. “He’s almost like another Namjoon to me, but less clumsy.” 

“So like a brother?”

“Yeah, I suppose-”

“Good.” Jungkook cuts you off, a shit eating grin on his face. 

“What if I told you, you were also like a brother to me?” You laugh, watching his expression. 

“Well, that would be some fucked up step-brother porn shit.” He shrugs, allowing his eyes to close slightly as he pulls you closer. You genuinely don’t understand Jungkook and his porn references, but you assume it’s a young man thing. 

“You must watch a lot of porn, Kook. You’re always referencing it.” You chuckle. 

“What do you mean?”

“The co-worker role-play shit and now the step-brother porn scenario.” You laugh, realization finally washing over his face as he remembers his previous reference. “Yeah, you weirdo. You make them a lot.”

“Eh, you like this weirdo.” Kook smiles, pulling you in even closer so that your foreheads are touching. You can't open your eyes and look at him without laughing, so you close your eyes for now. “Y/n?” You hum slightly to acknowledge him. “What if we were to actually date? Like officially date, boyfriend and girlfriend?”

You laugh, thinking he’s joking. You feel like you’re in middle school again. “Your fans would assassinate me.” You joke. Jungkook doesn’t really laugh, but it doesn’t really strike as odd for you. “They definitely wouldn’t be happy that I somehow bagged the golden maknae, the sweet, hot, charming, funny, attractive, perfect, good at everything, youngest member.” You exaggerate, finally making him chuckle with you. “And also, it would probably make you less popular with the ladies, and what superstar wants that?”

“I only want to be popular with you.” He mumbles, making you smile. Your hands come to play with his hair, every now and then smoothing it back down. 

“What? No asking new girls to smash at every one of your shows? Is that not something super popular bands do anymore?” You continue to tease him, a soft smile never quite leaving your face. You like teasing him like this, leaving him defending himself. 

“We’re not some metal rock band, y/n.” That makes you giggle. 

“Doesn’t mean you can’t ask people out. What’s the one contract you have to sign, that says you can’t tell anyone you fucked a famous idol?” You continue to nag. 

“Yyyyyy/nnnnnnn.” Jungkook complains, shaking you slightly in his arms. 

“Okay, okay.” You smile, the shaking stopping. “I like this Kook, spending time with you.”

“I do too, a lot.” He nods, agreeing. The two of you spend maybe another hour outside, mumbling conversations every now and then. Your eyelids feel heavier as the minutes tick bye, eventually remaining closed for the entire conversation. You suppose Jungkook opens his eyes eventually, noticing. “Are you tired?”

You nod, feeling slightly bad. “I’m alright though, I’m enjoying the date you set up for us.” You can feel Jungkook shuffling slightly next to you, not really assuming anything. The kid moves around often, sometimes being unable to sit still for 5 minutes. In one easy swoop, Jungkook easily lifts you off of the floor. “Kook!” Your arms fly around his neck, eyes slightly wide. 

“I got you.” He smiles, easily walking into the house. Laughing at him pushing the glass door open with his ass, he continues in. He continues into his room, “Awww, jagiyaaaa.” He jokes as he carries you bridal style, tossing you onto his bed. 

“Ugh, I hate you.” You smile. 

“My sweet wife.” Kissing your forehead, he disappears back into the hallway. While he didn’t tell you what he was doing, you can only assume that he’s cleaning up the backyard. It would be unfortunate if the two of you woke up to raccoons in the backyard ransacking Jin’s food. He comes back in, dramatically plopping down next to you. “Not tired anymore?”

“My adrenaline is going from you launching me in the air, Einstein.” Jungkook smiles at you, clearly proud of himself. “Hmm, Kook?” He hums. “Kiss?”

“Fuck yeah!” He cheers, easily hopping onto his knees and making his way over. You hate him, you do. With a smile, Jungkook quickly finds his place in between your legs, connecting your lips. Your legs wrap around his waist, teasingly pulling him closer to you. “Oh?” He asks, a palm coming to hold your thigh that’s around him. 

“Shut up.” You pull him closer by his hair, earning a deep groan from him. Your lips slowly slide together, kisses extremely soft. It’s oddly romantic, something you’re not used to with Jungkook. While it’s unfamiliar, it’s not unwelcome. “Kook?”

“Fuck.” He complains, sitting up slightly. “You’re about to ask me to do some shit that doesn’t involve pleasing you.” 

“It does please me, you know I love seeing you like that.” You correct him, watching as he jokingly rolls his eyes. Leaning up, you place a small peck onto his lips. “I want you to-”

“Let me guess dry hump you until I cum?” He jokes, placing a gentle kiss onto your jaw.

“I mean, I was gonna let you fuck my thighs but yeah. I like that better.” His face goes blank, making you laugh. 

“I’ll take your deal, please I’ll take your deal.”

“Nope, too late. You can fuck my thighs next time.” You laugh. “Get to dry humping Kook, I wanna hear you.”

“It’s like I’m back in high school.” It makes you let out a loud laugh, unable to hold it back. As much as he pretends to hate it, he did come up with the idea. The feeling of your thighs squeezing around him goes to his head, mind running wild. After your little laughing fit, your lips softly reconnect. The both of your hips grind together, eventually finding a decent rhythm. Your kisses are broken up by Jungkook’s soft whines and whimpers, shooting to your core. 

“Do I make you feel good, bun? Do you like this?” You gently whisper, placing a kiss to his neck. A louder moan is drawn from him, head falling into your shoulder. “My sweet bun, so good for me.” You continue, pulling softly at his hair to pull his head up. You connect your lips, biting softly onto his bottom lip. 

Jungkook’s hands move to hold your hips, grinding them against himself harder. His moans and whines slowly become more frequent, beginning to get the signature look on his face. His eyebrows furrowed together slightly, sweat forming above his brow. His lips are red from kissing and biting them, slightly shiny. His eyes are also closed, losing himself in the feeling as his hips grind harder against your core. 

“Bun, you’re doing so good.” You smirk, grabbing one of his wrists slightly. He easily allows you to move it, unsuspecting as you slide it underneath your shirt. You allow your shirt to hike up, bra fully exposed. 

“Can I take it off?” Jungkook whines, lips finding your jaw once again. “Please y/n.” He lets out a small moan as you easily reach around, popping open the clasp. It’s torn off in zero seconds flat, quickly being thrown across his room. It almost makes you laugh but you suppress it for the time being. Jungkook’s mouth easily makes its way down to your chest, hot kisses leaving a trail. 

Jungkook does a thorough job of leaving hickeys on your chest, finally being able to leave a mark that won’t be seen. He’s too interested in your chest that his hips cease their movement, making you smile. “Alright, that’s enough.” You pull his head back up to kiss him, grinding your hips to remind him. 

“Never wanna stop kissing you.” He mumbles against your lips, grinding your hips against his harder than before. His fingertips hurt your hips slightly, holding them tightly. You watch as he loses himself once again, eyes falling closed. “Never wanna stop trying things with you.” He whines, kissing you harder as his hips continue to grind against you. It doesn’t feel amazing to you, but seeing Kook fall apart because of you makes your mind feel cloudy. You’ll never get over having him like this, just you and him. 

A particularly loud whine falls past his lips, head coming to rest in the crook of your neck again. There's a giant smile on your face, “Are you close bun? Do you feel good?”

“Almost.” He whines, slight frustration in his demeanor. 

“Kook, lay on your back.” You smile, watching as he immediately follows your instruction. He’s painfully hard in his sweatpants, hips jutting into the air. You easily straddle his hips, weight fully resting against him. “You’re so sensitive, bun.” You can't help but smile, pulling your skirt up slightly, Jungkook’s face scrunches up, watching your panties grind against his bulge. His head is thrown back slightly against his pillow. “Feel better?”

���Mhm, yes.” He whines, hips jutting up every now and then, whines spilling past his lips. The sight is almost too much for him, watching as you grind against him, one hand holding your skirt up to give him a show as the other rests on his thigh to stabilize your movement. Your tits sway with your movement, an extra sight for Jungkook's eyes. “Gonna cum.” A loud whine falls past his lips, hips beginning to grind in time with you. Your skirt eventually falls, both hands having to hold yourself up. 

“I can feel you, so warm.” Jungkook whimpers, hips stuttering slightly. So close but so far, his mind reeling. 

“Go ahead and cum, bun.” You smirk, watching as his head easily falls back. With a small whine of your name and his hips stuttering against you, you know. You continue your movement, watching as he twitches slightly underneath you. His hands come to your hips, stopping the movement before it begins to hurt. It makes you smirk. “You did good, Kook. You should clean up.” your lips easily meet, slowly sliding against each other as he comes down from his high. 

“If we ever argue again, no matter what it is, just know that it’s not true. I like this too much to argue with you.” Jungkook explains, making you roll your eyes at him. You have to fight the urge to laugh, still securely sitting on his lap. 

“Go change, nasty.” You tease, climbing off his lap and beginning to search for the bra that got launched across the room. You can finally laugh, the bra quite literally being all the way across the room. You get dressed, Jungkook disappearing somewhere into his closet to find new clothes. Exhausted, you happily climb underneath his covers. 

“Y/n?” Jungkook mumbles, coming out of the closet once changed. You hum. “When I get the chance, you’re coming 5 times on my tongue alone.”

“I’m sure Kook, I’m sure.” You smile, patting the bed. You watch as he sails through the air, landing directly next to you. You don’t have the energy to scold him, rolling your eyes as you scooch closer so you’re touching. 

“Not tonight.” The two of you say in unison, your eyes widening slightly as you try not to laugh. Jungkook has a cocky look on his face, slowly being able to predict your reactions. You finally chuckle, rolling your eyes as you slap a hand over his eyes. 

“Go to bed, just go to bed.” You sigh, making him chuckle. 

“Thank you Y/n.” Jungkook mumbles, wrapping his arms around you as he pushes his face into the crook of your neck. It makes you smile, twirling his soft hair in your fingers. You hum slightly, not knowing what he was really thanking you for. “For spending time with me, and treating me like a normal person. And not Jungkook of BTS.”

“If I treated you like Jungkook of BTS, it would go to your head too much.” You laugh. “I like Jeon Jeongguk more anyways. Always nervous and sweet and cute. If you acted like some stuck up superstar I think we’d fistfight.”

“I’d win.” He laughs, vibrations sprawling along your skin. 

“Nah, I'd punch you straight on your dick.” You comment, another laugh being pulled from him. “End the fight before it even starts.” Jungkook just hums, not saying anything else as he allows himself to drift off. You can’t help but smile, placing a kiss on his forehead before following. “Night Kookie.” 

______

You’re woken up by the door clicking shut, sitting up in the bed. Jungkook’s warmth lingers next to you, recently here. “Kook?” You mumble, rubbing the sleep out of your eyes as you glance around the room. A small Yeah? Comes from the bathroom, voice being drowned out by the sound of the shower. A bulb goes off in your brain, a giant smirk on your face. “Kook? Can I join you?” A shit eating grin is irremovable, plastered across your face. 

“I- huh? What? What did you say?” He stutters and you can almost imagine the look on his face. “I mean, if you want to. If you’re comfortable?”

“Close your eyes, don’t open until I say.” You smile, clicking open the bathroom door. You can see his figure in the glass, slightly foggy from the hot water running. You’re not 100% sure if his eyes are actually closed, but you give him the benefit of the doubt as you quickly strip down. The sound of your clothes hitting the floor is almost music to his ears, Jungkook’s mind going into overdrive as he faces towards the shower head (eyes closed because he listens.) 

His ears strain as he listens to you, hearing the soft pad of your footsteps make their way into the shower. “You really don’t have to if you’re not comfortable-” Jungkook speaks up, hearing you step in behind him. His words are cut short as he feels you press against his back, arms snaking around to rest on his chest. “T-this isn’t showering together.” His face is hot, ears a deep red. 

“I didn't say shower together, I said join you.” You giggle, allowing your hands to roam his body. “You can open your eyes now if you want, but you can’t really see much.” You chuckle, lightly dragging your nails along his skin. 

“You’re gonna be the death of me.” He whines, chest pushing into your palms as you glide them over his muscles. He can feel your tits against him, pressed flush together. “Can I hold you?” He whines as your hands move further down, almost agonizingly slow. 

“I'm not moving from behind you, so if you can find a way, sure.” You smile, resting your cheek onto his skin. Jungkook does find a way, reaching behind him and allowing his hands to rest just on your ass. It pulls you closer, your body now almost entirely flush together. 

“Fuck, I can’t believe you’re naked and I can’t even see you.” Jungkook complains, taking the opportunity to grab the flesh underneath his palms. 

“You’re so whiny.” You roll your eyes, gently taking his cock in one hand. “And so painfully predictable.” You tease, feeling the hard on in your fist. 

“I have a naked lady pressed up against me, it’d be more embarrassing if I wasn’t horny.” He justifies himself, making you laugh lightly. You take the time to rile him up, slowly moving your loose fist as the other hand continues to run along his skin. Your fingers easily find a nipple, pinching it just enough to earn a loud whine from him and feel his hips thrust forward. 

“Always a smart ass.” You smile, tightening your hold slightly. “You’re extra responsive today, what’s up bun?” You can’t help but carry on, feeling his cock throb in your hold. Your other hand comes down as well, both fists pumping his cock at a slow pace. 

“You’re just so close,” He whines, head falling back slightly. “And your skin feels so warm against me.” He continues, hips gently rocking as he gets used to the pace, meeting your hands each time. Jungkook's moans echo off the shower walls, mixed in with the running water. “I wish you could always be around.” He babbles, a small blush creeping up on your face. 

“Do my hands feel good wrapped around you, bun? Want me to go faster?” You mumble against his skin, kissing the shoulder you’re hiding behind. 

“Nope. Feels so good, enjoying the time with you.” He whines, hips thrusting forward slightly harder. 

“Are you watching Kook? I wish I could see you fucking my hands.” You bite his skin lightly, not enough to leave a mark. “You probably look so good.” You smile, squeezing your hands slightly to emphasize your point. It earns a throaty moan from him, cock twitching in your hold. 

“I'll come too fast, I wanna enjoy this with you.” He answers, voice soft. You swear he could melt you with words if he tried hard enough, the burning in your ears worsening by the second. 

“Y’really know how to sweet talk a girl, bun.” You crack a light joke, releasing one hand to roam his body once more. It’s more for you than him, fingertips tracing every curve and muscle that they come across. Jungkook also releases one of his hands, coming back around to his own body. You’re not expecting it to grab your wrist, catching you off guard as both of your hands stop their movement. 

You can't see what he’s doing, nor the soft smile he has on his face. He slowly pulls the hand up, placing the softest kiss possible onto your palm. He continues, gently folding your fingers before placing another soft kiss onto your knuckles. “Love spending time with you,” He whines, rocking his hips back into your stilled fist. It almost snaps you back in reality, momentarily forgetting what you both were doing since you were too focused on what he was doing. 

The burn in Jungkook’s face is undeniable, and he’s glad you’re behind him this time. His chest feels tight with too many emotions he can’t tell you currently, and even if he did you wouldn’t believe it. His heartbeat is erratic, beating so hard he can hear it in his ears. Saying I love you wouldn’t be right just yet, especially in the current circumstance the two of you are in. So for now, he’s just got to put love somewhere in the sentence. 

“Me too, bun. Me too.” You smile, tightening your hold and slightly picking up the pace in an attempt to recover your composure. Your other hand also comes down to resume the position the two of you were in before, Jungkook picking up the pace as well as he rocks his hips into you. “Wanna hear you bun.” 

He gives you exactly that, allowing soft whines, whimpers, and moans to bounce off the tile walls. The shower fails to drown out the noises this time, the echo of Jungkook overpowering the water. “Close.” Jungkook whimpers, eyes closing hard as he focuses on the feeling of your hands wrapped around him. “So close.” 

“You’re doing so good.” You mumble, kissing along his skin in between sentences. You gently tighten your hands, watching as his hips falter a bit in their pace. “My good boy-“ You can't even finish your sentence before Jungkook’s hips pause, a loud whine falling past his lips. His cock throbs slightly, fingers digging into your skin as he rides out the high. You know he gets overstimulated easily, continuing your movement to see how much he takes before he pulls your hands away. (Spoiler alert, it’s not much.) 

“That caught me off guard.” His face is bright red, trying to calm himself before he turns to face you. 

“The ‘My good boy’ bit or?” You chuckle, reaching forward to rinse your hands off. “You can finish your shower now, bun. I'll stop disturbing you.” You giggle, back hugging him and kissing his shoulder one last time. 

“Wait, can you wash my hair?” (He really wants you to stay longer, and he secretly not-so-secretly loves your hands in his hair.) 

“What, so you can look?” You jokingly groan, making him giggle. 

“I’ll close my eyes, pinky promise.” He dumbly shoves his hand backwards, pinky outstretched. You can’t help but roll your eyes, linking your pinkies anyways. He spins around quickly, eyes shut. Jungkook's palms immediately reach out to find you, finding their place on your waist and resting there. There’s light red marks from your nails along his torso, looking extremely erotic as he stands in front of you. 

“You’re so cute.” You giggle, genuinely not believing he’s standing in the shower in front of you with his eyes closed. “Let me get the shampoo.” As soon as your hands hit his hair, Jungkook realizes he’s struck gold. He instantly melts, head leaning into your palms as you massage the shampoo in his hair. A small hum of content comes from him, your fingertips massaging his scalp and temples gently. 

“Holy shit,” He mumbles, eyes closed as you continue the mini massage. The look on his face makes you giggle, thumbs gently massaging his temples once again. Leaning forward, you place a gentle peck onto his lips. 

You continue to place periodic kisses, Jungkook’s face permanently a smile. “You want me to condition too?” You laugh, stepping into him. He gets the hint, stepping backwards underneath the water as you rinse his hair. He nods with a shit eating grin. You repeat the process, your arms slightly burning from reaching up for so long. 

“I'll wash your hair too.” He claims, making you giggle. 

“With your eyes closed?” 

“Of course.” He begins to fumble around the bottles, looking for the shampoo bottle. You have to help him, placing the bottle (he wasn’t even close) into his palm. “Got it, got it.” 

“Please don’t get it in my eyes, Kook.” Pleading, you step closer to him and rest your hands on his torso. Feeling with the back of his hand, he finds the top of your head before beginning to lather the shampoo into your hair. It feels good, both of his hands massaging your scalp. You now understand the hype he gave this. Jungkook matches your antics, leaning down and giving you small pecks. 

The two of you laugh uncontrollably as you shift sides in the shower to rinse, feet shuffling as you spin 180 degrees. He carefully rinses your hair, trying hard not to get any shampoo in your eyes despite not being able to see. You one again shuffle around to rinse the conditioner in his hair out, small chuckles filling the shower. “Your hair is soft.” Jungkook mumbles, hands resting on the nape of your neck. 

“It doesn't even have conditioner in it.” 

“It's just always soft,” He shrugs. You watch him fumble around once again, looking for the conditioner bottle this time. You have to help him, this time setting it in front of his hands rather than passing it to him. He celebrates finding it himself, which makes you fight the urge to giggle. 

“Just the middle and end, Kook.” He nods in front of you, once again finding your head before following your instructions. He makes sure to condition it thoroughly before spinning the two of you around again, rinsing it. “If you wanna wash your body, you’re doing that yourself. You’d like it too much if I did it.” 

“I already did before you snuck in here, missy.” Jungkook smiles, “And that’s a missed opportunity for you.” 

“What’s that supposed to mean?” 

“Your hands would be able to touch every single inch of me,” Jungkook cracks, gently grabbing your hands and jokingly running them along his chest and abs. “People would kill to do that.” 

“Yeah, every inch right Kook?” You laugh, reaching around his body and grabbing his ass in your hands. It makes him jump slightly, a loud laugh bouncing off the shower tiles. 

“I mean hey, if you want.” He smiles, hands resting back in your hair. Kook gently pulls you closer, chests pressing together. 

“You can open your eyes now-“ His eyes shoot open immediately, “You won’t be able to see anything though.” It’s true, looking down the most he can actually see if your cleavage pressed against him. “Pervert.” You roll your eyes. 

“I like spending time with you.”

“You say that often.” You lean up, pecking his cheek. 

“It’s because I mean it.” He giggles, stepping back into the stream of water. You raise a brow as the two of you are covered with water. Jungkook laughs, easily connecting your lips and pulling you closer to him. “It’s like kissing underneath the rain.” It makes you laugh out loud, pretending to push him away. 

“Close your eyes, i’m getting out.” Waiting until he fully closes his eyes, you let go and almost scurry out of the bathroom. You steal the towel he had laid out for himself, collect your clothes from the floor, and begin making a dash for his closet to ransack his sweatpants and t-shirt collection. You can hear grumbles from Kook, complaining about the missing towel. You trail off into the living room, plopping down onto the the couch. Kook eventually joins you in the living room controller in hand, sitting in the corner of the large u-shaped couch and swinging his legs up.  

You don’t think much of it, watching as he powers on the large tv and his game system. With ease, Jungkook easily drags you over, pulling you across his thigh to sit in between his legs. “You always sit so far away from me.” He laughs, wrapping his arms around you as he easily pushes the buttons on his controller. Your back rests against his chest, head just below his chin as he easily peers over you at the screen. 

“All this couch space and we’re just taking up a little piece of it.” You giggle, resting your hands on Kook’s thighs next to you. “What are you playing?” You can almost see the grin on his face as he clicks on Overwatch, answering your question without actually saying anything. He easily starts a round, selecting Widowmaker without a second thought. “Woowww, pick the half naked girl with insane proportions. I should’ve guessed.” You tease. 

“I- what? She’s a good character!” Jungkook defends, making you chuckle softly. Despite defending his choice, he quickly changes it to McCree. Before you have another chance to tease him about his character change, he begins the round. 

There’s not much conversation after that, watching as Jungkook plays his game with well practiced skill. He’s extremely good, but it’s no shock to you. Eventually he does change back to Widowmaker, offering nothing other than a quick shut up, before he resumes the game. With the change of character, he’s just as good if not better. You assume that he uses her the most while playing, well adjusted to her fighting style. 

“Here, you play.” Jungkook announces, moving his hand off the controller and replacing it with one of yours. He goes the same with the other side, stifling his laughter as you lamely hold the controller in your hands. 

“I can’t, Kook. I don’t know any of the controls. I’ll get shot 2 seconds in.” It also doesn’t help that he’s high rank, meaning the difficulty level is super insanely unbelievably hard. 

“It’s alright, we’ll get used to it.” Kook says softly, placing his hands over your own and clicking your thumb down, beginning the game. You’re able to quickly conclude that this isn’t going to go well, but it’s going to be funny at least. Jungkook plays the game more than you, moving and jamming down your fingers whenever it is needed. You can’t help but laugh, Jungkook frantically trying to move your fingers from button to button as you’re being shot at. “Press L2!! L2 Y/n!” His body jumps slightly as you’re shot again. “Shit! Move move! Run away!”

You’re almost cackling at this point, trying hard to keep any tears out of your vision. “Wait wait! I can shoot them!” You laugh, finally familiar enough with the controls to actually act on your own. You get a couple of shots in before you have to run again, not even sure if they died. You just know that you at least did damage. 

“You got them!” Jungkook beams, “Baby’s first kill.” He begins the dramatics, wrapping his arms tightly around you and rocking you in his hold. You laugh, attention taken away from the game. You’re killed soon after that, but neither of you really care. “You’re eventually gonna beat my skill, maybe even kill me in a game.”

Rolling your eyes, the rocking slows to a stop. “I highly doubt it.” With a smile, you hand the controller back over to kook and encourage him to play another round if he wants. After a couple more rounds, Kook switching between characters as he felt, you’re finally feeling the results of not eating all morning. Slipping from his arms, you make your way into the kitchen in search of anything edible. 

“Whatta ya looking for?” Jungkook eventually asks as he hears the fridge open, clicking out of his game. With the new distraction, Jungkook stretches out on the otherwise empty couch. “I haven't been grocery shopping in awhile, so there’s maybe a singular crumb in the fridge currently.”

“I’m reheating the food that Jin made, thank god for him.” You roll your eyes, unpacking the food that Jungkook put up on his own last night. You can hear Jungkook complain somewhere in the living room, mentioning Don’t give him too much credit, remember?

Once hot, you bring the food containers into the living room, setting them down on the coffee table. Jungkook immediately takes the opportunity, placing his head on your lap. “What if you just stay here?” Jungkook boldly mumbles, “And I can come home from work everyday to you lounging around my home.” You give him a look before redirecting your focus back to your food. “Come home to my sweet girl, make dinner together, kiss, cuddle on the couch, go to sleep.”

His eyes drift clothes, daydreaming. You deliver a sharp flick to his forehead, watching as he jolts up and places a palm over it. “Reality to Kook? I gotta go soon so let’s eat together, instead of you being a weirdo.”

“You have to go?? Just stay here with meeee, I'll give you half of my paychecks.” He complains, jokingly wrapping himself around you and pretending to never let go. You roll your eyes, beginning to wedge your feet in any crevices, shoving him away from your body. You shove him to the other side of the couch, keeping your legs on the cushions to maintain the distance. 

“You’re a freak.” You joke, offering him a bite from your spoon. He reluctantly takes it. “I have off on Friday if you wanna do something again.” You smile, already knowing that Jungkook is going to begin in antics. 

“Friday?! That’s so far away, 5 days!” Jungkook whines, hands coming up to grab your calves and thighs. “I’ll have to visit you at work everyday, otherwise I won't get by!” He continues to complain and whine, really cranking up the dramatics. 

“You’re a super busy idol, I'm sure you’ll have plenty to do.” You laugh, watching as he lays on his stomach in front of you. Jungkook’s really not sly in the slightest, but you’re also extremely used to his antics. Slowly, he places both of your legs over his shoulders as he crawls closer. “Ugh.” You joke.

“Y/n, you kill me. You really do, god what I'd give to just taste you once.” Kook whines, wrapping his arms around your thighs as he holds them. Turning his head, he places a kiss on your inner thigh through the sweatpants. “I’d give you a month’s worth of my paycheck, I would.” 

“Do you hear yourself right now?” Taking a final bite of the food, you place it over onto the coffee table. “You look like a starved man right now.” You jokingly place your hands in his hair, pulling and tugging as if he were actually eating you out. He groans softly, eyes falling closed for a moment. 

“I am, I've been starved since our first date.” 

“My poor boy, you're just DYING.” You joke, letting go of his hair as you get more comfortable. Your legs are still resting on his shoulders, Jungkook unmoving. “Soak it all in, because I've gotta go soon.” You roll your eyes, watching as he rests his head extremely close to your core. 

Leaving is the same as always, Jungkook trying hard to convince you to stay. He continues to make a show of opening the passenger side door, getting in, and trying to convince you once more before leaving. Once at your apartment, he tries to walk you up, being met with the usual saying. He knows you’re terrified to be caught, but he’s slowly losing his care for it. “We can't be seen TOGETHER, Kook! People will freak out!” You reiterate, watching as he fakes a tantrum. “I’ll see you Friday, Kook?” You smile.

“100%” Jungkook nods. You give him a quick kiss before getting out, waving to his car before walking in the building. 

Walking up by yourself is a bit lonely, and it’s almost like you’ve gotten too used to being with Kook. You don’t think the next 5 days would really be that bad, but as they begin to drag along you’re starting to feel like Jungkook in the car. 

Jungkook’s been just as busy, working every day. He visits only once, coming in for maybe 15 minutes. Despite being very much in public, he demands at least one kiss before leaving. 

“I’ll have my usual.” He smiles, pressing his face on the glass display case. You’re convinced that he does it now as his signature and to annoy you. He watches you make his drink and bag his treat, tossing it to bounce off his head. He barely reacts, likely tired from his long day of work. 

“Aw, my boy’s tired.” You coo at him jokingly, reaching over the glass to hold his face in your palms. He gladly accepts it, a smile forming on his face. “You have a long day at work?” He nods, seemingly too tired to talk. “I’ll hurry and finish your drink.” Jungkook shuffles over to the pickup area, still not saying much. “Kooook, you’re worrying me.” 

“I’m just tired. I woke up really early and alone. Would have so much more energy if I woke up next to you.” He smiles, watching as you roll your eyes at him. 

“I think it would be exactly the opposite.” You laugh softly, placing the drink in his hand. “But I miss you too, Kook. Since that’s what you’re trying to say.”

“I really do miss you.” He nods. “So much so that I want a kiss.” 

That makes you side eye him, searching for any sign that he’s joking. He’s unfortunately not, beginning your flurry of complaints to begin. “Kook, I’m at work. And people can walk in and see, or even walk by the shop.” You whine. Jungkook continues to stand in front of you, leaning over the counter towards you. “And my manager can walk out and see, or a coworker. Seriously, Kook.”

“Just a quick kiss, no one’s around. It's late Wednesday night, no ones gonna come.” Jungkook justifies his actions, puckering his lips. “Just a peck.”

“Kook.” You whine, watching as he’s obviously not changing his position. “You owe me.” You sigh, leaning over your half of the counter and kissing him. 

“I owe you a lot, I’ve told you this.” Jungkook smirks. “It’s just based on whenever you’re gonna let me actually make it up to you.”

You can’t help but laugh at him, “Get out of my store.” You push him away from the counter. “I’ll see you Friday.” 

Jungkook blows you another kiss as he leaves, “I’ll text you.” 

______

The days feel like they drag by even slower after that, Friday eventually coming. Jungkook texts you bright and early at 6 am. I have work until 4, but after that i’ll be over at your place. 100%  You kind of wish he also had the day off so you could potentially do something, but you understand regardless. Just as promised, Jungkook is beating on your front door at a prompt 4:30 pm. 

“God! I’ve never been more happy to leave work.” Jungkook whines, quickly walking in. He drops the bags he’s carrying onto your kitchen counter, immediately coming over to you and wrapping you in his arms. “It’s like torture, being away from you.” Jungkook whines, shuffling the both of you towards the couch. You giggle the two of you topple over, Jungkook landing on you with a small oof. “Jimin made fun of me for running out of the building.”

“You must’ve had to speed over here to get here in 30 minutes.” Glancing over to the bags on the table, you correct yourself. “15 minutes, since you picked up food.” You rub his back softly, your free hand coming to rest on his head as you hold him. His arms are wrapped around your torso, hugging you tightly. 

“Do you work tomorrow?” Jungkook mumbles into your chest, making you laugh. 

“Nope, do you?”

“Nope.” You can feel him smile into your skin. “I’m not leaving this couch with you. Gonna lay here forever.” It makes you smile. 

“We should go out later.” You smile, “Every time we’re together we sit on the couch and fool around.” It makes the both of you giggle. 

“I thought you didn’t want to be recognized?” 

“I don’t want YOU to be recognized.” You correct him. “But maybe if we go to a busy market, no one will notice us together. So if someone stops you, I can just keep walking and pretend I don’t know who you are.” You joke. 

“Wow, so romantic.” While you can’t see, you can imagine Jungkook rolling his eyes. 

“What do you suggest?”

“We go out and make out at the busiest club in Seoul.”

“...I’m no longer taking suggestions from you.” You pull his head up slightly to look at each other. “Your suggestion privileges are revoked. Anyways, smart ass, the market is maybe a 10 minute walk from here. If we leave around 12, and the market closes at 3 am, we should have plenty of time.”

“I’d love to go with you, Y/n.” Jungkook finally concedes, shifting up and giving you a kiss. “For now, we should eat before it gets cold.” 

The two of you seemingly have a routine, heading towards the kitchen. Jungkook grabs the food and brings it into the kitchen, you grab drinks, paper towels, and anything else you may need. Once sitting down on the couch, a show is quickly put on as background filler before the two of you begin eating. 

“The members are still giving you hell?” You ask in between bites of food. 

“The older members, no. They think it’s cute now I guess. But Jimin and Tae still think it’s funny I guess. It’s probably just because they’re so close to me in age.” Jungkook laughs, shrugging. “Plus, we always give each other hell. Tae and Lisa, from BlackPink, went to Paris together and Jimin and I wouldn’t stop making jokes about them smashing.” He laughs at his own joke. 

“Oh, so that’s who that was that morning?” You laugh. “Don’t you have a fLiGhT tO cAtCh!” You mock Jungkook’s voice, watching as his eyes widen slightly. 

“Listen, he didn’t-”

“Shut up.” You laugh, pretending to slap your hand over his mouth. At this point, you know that he’ll just lick your palm so you don’t. “I’m not mad at him, I don’t care Kook.”

He can only sigh in defeat, which makes you laugh. For the next couple of hours, the two of you don’t care to do very much. Jungkook is stuck to you like glue, complaining about his withdrawals he’s had since being away for 5 days. It’s a bit dramatic, but it makes the fond feeling in your chest grow even more. The two of you take turns lying on each other, only shifting when it begins to feel like one person is crushing the other. (Jungkook doesn’t feel like that, you insist on switching because you think you’re crushing him.) The conversation is minimal, the two of you mumbling random topics every now and then. 

“I still think you should come live with me.”

“I think you need to stop thinking.”

“I think it would benefit us both.”

“You’re thinking with your dick.”

“...Maybe.”

You can only laugh at him, no rebuttal truly needed. It’s maybe an hour before you plan to leave that you make Jungkook get off, taking your time to get ready. He complains that you’re too far, following you like a lost puppy around your small apartment. 

“You really have separation anxiety, these last 5 days really killed you.” You tease, doing light makeup in the bathroom. Jungkook sits on the closed toilet seat, watching. 

“Can I put on your gloss?”

“You’re really killing me.” You can’t help but laugh, the sparkle in his eyes as he stares at you undeniable. You hand him the gloss, quickly finishing the rest of your makeup before allowing him to do the gloss. He’s about to get up when you stop him, sitting down on his lap. “Alright, knock yourself out.”

“The blood is rushing to my head.” Jungkook mumbles, making you laugh as you reach for his hair. “Other head.”

“I hate you.” You stop talking so he can put on the gloss, not wanting to get it all over your face. You choose not to indulge his dick talk, easily getting off his lap and making your way out of the bathroom. “I guess we’re ready to make our way out?”

“You look so hot, this isn’t fair.”

“I’m not even wearing anything that nice?” You question, shrugging him off. If he keeps it up, the two of you won’t be going anywhere besides your bedroom. “Stop trying to sweet talk me and put your shoes on. I hope you have a mask, or a hat, or something, Jungkook. You’re pretty recognizable.”

“I’ll cover up just for you.” He smiles. “But I have a hat in my car, so we’re gonna have to make a stop before we walk to the market.”

As much as he can be a smart ass, you genuinely enjoy spending time with Jungkook. Walking to the market is peaceful, the both of you rarely encountering another person on the sidewalk. The two of you walk arm in arm until you get closer to the market. Once you draw closer, maybe 8 minutes into your walk, the streets get significantly busier. You unlink your arms, putting a bit of distance between the both of you as you walk into the market. 

“If we do have to separate, just call or text so we can meet up at a vendor or something.” You explain, watching as Jungkook nods. “I promise you, if someone recognizes you and stops you, I'll continue to walk.”

“Fair enough.” Jungkook agrees, making you smile. 

The market is extremely busy, but it’s also fun to walk through together. Jungkook insists on buying things you pick up and genuinely seem to like, easily pulling his wallet out and ignoring your complaints. It’s small things like rings or necklaces that you like and pick up without thinking. After noticing, you do your best to avoid touching anything. 

Walking through the market, Jungkook isn’t stopped once. Most people who interact with him are small squeals and aggressive waving, which Jungkook returns. Anytime that happens, you pretend to not see it or know why, continuing your path. Since he hasn’t gotten fully stopped, you don’t need to play Where's Waldo to find each other.

“Do you think they have those cheesy corn dog things?” You smile, imitating a cheese pull to emphasize your point. 

Jungkook just stares at you for a moment, a blank expression on your face. You’re about to continue explaining, thinking he didn’t understand when he interrupts you. “You’re so cute.” He smiles, tossing an arm over your shoulder. It makes you nervous, scared people are going to see the both of you. “I think there’s some food vendors up here, we can go look.”

You walk with his arm around you, having to fight the giant smile that tugs on the edge of your lips. He insists on buying you the corndog, finding a place for the two of you to sit down in the meantime. “I can’t believe people recognize you even though so much is covered.” You state, thinking about the wide eyes and giant smiles that he’s gotten from fans over the course of the night. 

“I have to fight the urge to laugh while you pretend to not know me.” Jungkook smiles, a fond look on his face that you choose to ignore. 

As the hours tick by, the vendors begin to close. While the market is open until 3 am, some vendors close early if they aren’t getting that much business. Jungkook insists on walking through the rest of the market with arms linked, claiming there’s barely anyone around anymore. You have to indulge him, the look on his face leaving no room for you to say no. The walk home is significantly longer than the walk to the market, the two of you dragging your feet along the pavement the entire way.

“That was fun, it’s nice to go out instead of just sitting on the couch.” You smile, resting your head on Jungkook’s chest as you wait for the elevator to meet your floor. You can feel him reaching around, eventually holding the back of your neck gently. 

“I had fun too.” He smiles, placing the lightest kiss to your head.

“Are you tired from work?” You return the gesture, wrapping your arms around his torso. “You seemed worn out earlier.”

“I feel more energized now.” 

“Good, because you still owe me that thigh fuck.”

“God, it’s like we’re meant for each other.” Jungkook comments, making you genuinely laugh at him. 

There’s not much left to talk about when the two of you get into your apartment, Jungkook’s lips immediately finding yours as the door clicks shut behind you. His hands roam everywhere he can reach, more desperate than ever to have you close to him. Jungkook devours you as if he’d been starved, unconsciously pinning your body against the door. 

“Kook, my room is down the hall to the right.” You mumble against his lips, immediately connecting them once more. He wastes no time, hands easily finding the back of your thighs and lifting you in one swift motion. He surprisingly navigates well, pulling away from your lips one time to open the door. your back hits the bed, Jungkook following right after as he finds his place in between your legs. “Someone’s excited.” You giggle, wrapping your legs around his waist. 

“Unbelievably so.” He mumbles against your skin, head falling into the corner of your neck. “I wish I could carry you around in my pocket all the time.” 

“You really need to stop thinking, Kook.” You laugh. “Want you to fuck my thighs and imagine it’s the real thing.” You smile, watching as his head picks up slightly. The look on his face makes you giggle. 

“I'm gonna die, I really am Y/n.” He complains, sitting back on his heels. His hands rub your jeans, palms squeezing your thighs. “You’ll be the sole cause.” His hands rest on your hips, fingers inching towards the button and zipper. “May I?” He smiles up at you. 

“Of course.” You smile back, lifting your hips slightly. He easily undoes the closure, yanking them down in one swift tug. It makes you giggle as he rips them the rest of the way, sending the denim flying to the other side of the room. “You are always chucking my clothes across the room.” You giggle, sitting up in your spot. 

Your fingertips easily find the edge of his shirt, hands slipping up and beginning to hike the fabric up. It comes off in one easy movement, you deliberately tossing it as hard as possible towards the door. “So pretty kook, always so pretty just for me.” You smile, placing a kiss onto his abs. “Out of curiosity, how many people have you been with while we’ve been playing our little cat and mouse game?” While you wait for an answer, you’re hard at work biting light marks into his skin. 

“What? None, a big fat zero. Can't even imagine being with someone else.” He mumbles, hands nestling themselves in your hair. “…How many have you been with?” 

“None, no one would match up to my pretty boy.” You smile, glancing up at him. “Lubes in the top drawer.” You lay back as he fishes it out clumsily, pressing your thighs together in front of him. You had bought a new bottle just for the occasion, watching as he rips it open with his teeth. 

“This is so not fair.” He mumbles, a blush spreading across his face as he peels off his chunky cargo pants, Calvin Klein boxers the only thing remaining. 

“God, I wish I could take a picture of you.” You mumble, watching as he pulls your calves over his hips. “So hot, Kook.” 

“Do it then, go find your phone.” He smirks, this time watching you be the one to scramble for something. Thankfully it’s just on the nightstand, you’d die of embarrassment if you had to go out into the kitchen. 

“If you get too cocky I'll record you and your Fleshlight, all whiny and whimpering.” You vaguely threaten, laying back down. Jungkook just giggles as he pulls your legs further over his hips, thighs resting close to his waist. you snap a multitude, some with his face and some without. “Lay down.” 

He follows without even questioning, plopping down in the spot next to you. With a small huff, you push yourself up and over as you sit on his lap. “Fuck.” He whines underneath you, hips bucking slightly up. “Hope these pictures come out good.” He says sarcastically as you take more, his hands gripping your thighs. 

“Doesn’t matter, these are for me and me only.” You laugh, tossing it back onto the bedside stand. “Gotta remember you like this all because of me.” You can’t help but smirk, leaning down and kissing him slowly. He keens, a small whine falling past his lips as you pull away. “My pretty bun.” 

Jungkook flips your spots, once again in between your thighs as you lay on your back. He peels off his boxers, once again silently questioning how he’s naked while you’re basically clothed. “Gonna lose my mind.” He states for maybe the millionth time, making you giggle. 

“You ready bun, you really gotta give me a show.” Pulling him down, your lips easily slot together. Slowly reaching down, your fingertips make contact with his abdomen before trailing down, feeling the hardon. “Just gotta make sure you’re ready.” You smirk as he whines against your lips. You easily rest it against your stomach, pulling away slightly. “Look how big you are, Kook, don’t even know if it’d actually fit inside.” 

Jungkook glances down to see what you’re talking about, a whine immediately falling past his lips. His tip is resting basically on your stomach, hips not even fully flush together yet. “Y/n.” It’s blunt and dry, very clearly a warning. 

“Okay, okay.” You have to fight the smile off your face, letting go of his cock as you pull your legs up. “Make sure you use the lube, it’ll hurt you otherwise.” You remind him, squeezing your thighs together. 

He’s hesitant at first, and you don’t know if it’s because he’s never done it before or because you’re so close to the real thing now. With a small bit of encouragement, he’s finally slipping in between your thighs. His hands quickly replace yours, squeezing and pushing them together to his liking. He still has length sticking out when his hips meet your thighs, a whine spilling past his lips each time. “So warm.” He whines, fingertips digging into the soft flesh underneath them. 

“So big, Kook.” You smile, using a loose fist to cover what your thighs don’t. The extra contact makes his hips stutter slightly, beginning to pump harder into them. “Is this new for you bun?” 

“Y-yeah.” A small moan falls past his lips, finally finding a pace that works for him. The lube is all over your thighs, easily sliding his cock in between them. You begin to squeeze your thighs when Jungkook doesn’t, constantly catching him off guard. “I'm trying not to come too fast, you’re gonna make that happen if you keep doing that.” He threatens, watching the smirk spread across your face. “I'm serious.” 

His complaints fall on deaf ears, eventually giving up as he pushes your thighs aside and leans down to kiss you. “You’re gonna get lube all over your sides.” You laugh, trying to keep your thighs from touching his waist. He ignores it, continuing to liter you in kisses. 

“I'll take the risk.” He mumbles, making you smile into the kiss. After a bit, he leans back once again, gently pushing your thighs together. The lube’s cold now, a soon to be found surprise for Kook. “Okay, good to go.” He chuckles, fake wiping nonexistent sweat. As he slides back in, you can feel his muscles contract against the back of your thighs. 

“Cold?” You fight the urge to laugh.

He doesn’t answer, face turning slightly pink as he he begins to fuck your thighs once again. It eventually warms up from the movement, causing whines to spill from him once more. “Look so cute, bun.” You smile, squeezing your fist tighter each time he pushes into you. 

“Y/n, gimme a break.” He whimpers into your knee, head falling slightly. 

“You know I won't.” You giggle, pushing his cock down slightly. Each time he fucks into you, his head brushes against your stomach. Jungkook's cock is almost mind numbingly close to your pussy, brushing against it slightly with each thrust. 

“This is even worse.” He mumbles, peeling his eyes open slightly to watch. “So close, so warm.” His eyes fall shut again, genuinely trying to enjoy the feeling for as long as possible. Jungkook's fingertips leave small bruises underneath them, unconsciously clenching his hands roughly. 

“So close Kook, can feel you through my panties.” You almost whine, squeezing your thighs tightly. 

“Y/n, it’s too much.” Jungkook whines, “You’re so close and warm.” He whines, placing a kiss onto your knee. 

“Doing so good for me, always do good for me.” You mumble, hands reaching up to hold Jungkook's wrists. Each thrust rocks your body slightly, attempting to get any stabilization by holding onto Jungkook. His eyes screw shut slightly, head falling back as he focuses on the feeling. You continue to squeeze your thighs together for him, earning slightly louder whines. “Wish you could always be like this for me and me only.”

“Can I cum on your stomach, please Y/n.” He whimpers, thrusts speeding up. The back of your thighs are likely bright red from Jungkook's hips, skin slightly sore. 

“Go ahead, bun.” You smile, pulling your shirt up so your under-bra is showing. The sight is just enough for Jungkook, hips slowing as his head drops slightly onto your knees. You begin to rub your thighs together, watching Jungkook's face as he becomes more sensitive. He’s slowly getting better at being overstimulated, but it’s still not his favorite as he quickly pulls away from in between your legs. “We gotta get you used to overstimulation.” You smile, watching the dread wash over his face. 

“I’m trying, I really am.” He chuckles, “It’s just so hard to get used to.” Complaining, he crawls off the bed and shuffles around the numerous clothes on the floor. He easily slides on his boxers before making his way into the bathroom. 

“Kook?!”

“I’m coming!” Jungkook calls back, making you smile. Walking back into the bedroom, he has two rags in hand, a smile plastered across his face. “I hope you don’t think that I'd leave you laying here like that.” 

He cleans you up carefully, using one to wipe the lube off of your thighs and the other to wipe his cum off. They’re both warm, something that only Jungkook would’ve thought of. He jogs out of the room, throwing them into a hamper before jogging back in. The smile on his face is undeniable, once again laying on his stomach in front of you. You fight off the smile, watching as his arms easily wrap around your thighs as he kisses the inside of your thighs. He continues to crawl closer, teasing, placing the lightest kiss onto your panties. 

“One taste, just once.” He mumbles, placing a harder kiss onto the fabric. His eyes search for a yes, wide and slightly shiny as he stares up at you. “Your thighs are all red from me.” He groans, hands grazing the battered skin under them. 

 “Kook, i’m tiredddd.” You complain, reaching down and easily grabbing his arms that are still wrapped around your thighs. Jungkook follows, laying on your chest. It’s already almost 5 am, your eyes threatening to close on you. One of your hands rests on his bicep, the other in the back of his hair. “Tonight was really fun, I really enjoyed it. Maybe next time we can go to a club, but sit on opposite sides of the bar and pretend to flirt like strangers.” You laugh. 

“Yeah, for sure.” Jungkook mumbles against your skin. You’re extremely warm underneath him, easily drifting off. You’re out like a light in no time, Jungkook wide awake as he tries to stay still so he doesn’t disturb you. His mind is racing, trying hard to search for a reason or something he’s not doing right. 

You don’t like him? You don’t think he’s attractive enough to let him please you? Do you have some unspoken pact with Namjoon regarding him? You just don’t want to be seen with an idol? 

He eventually lands on you not liking him as much as you let on, a sinking feeling deep in his chest. Glancing up, you’re fast asleep, hand still buried in the back of his hair. He has to force himself asleep before he wakes you up and begins spewing nonsense, asking questions that would be embarrassing later on. Jungkook slowly allows himself to drift. 

Waking up is hard, already noon by the time you stir awake. Jungkook's dead to the world, mouth fallen open slightly as his head rests on your chest. It makes you smile, gently patting his hair. “Hm?” Jungkook mumbles, eyes opening slightly 

“Oh, sorry. I didn't mean to wake you.” 

“It's okay, I was waking up anyways.” Jungkook answers, shuffling off of you and standing up. He stretches his limbs, flexing slightly. Something seems to be bothering him, not teasing or stealing glances at you like normal in the mornings. 

“Kook, you don’t wanna stay in bed?” You joke, grabbing a pillow and pulling it into your arms. 

“Nah, I'm gonna go make breakfast for us.” He mumbles, shuffling out of the bedroom. That's another interesting behavior that seems to be new, confusion spreading all across your face as you follow him out to the kitchen. Sitting on the island's stools, you watch as he silently makes food. No singing, no jokingly dancing, no threatening to light the kitchen on fire, etc. Instead it’s dead silent in your small apartment. 

He walks past you, setting the plates on the coffee table. He comes back to get drinks, silently passing you once again. Confused expression equipped, you shuffle to your spot on the couch next to him, more silence. “Kook, I want a kiss.” You ask, watching as he sets his plate down on his lap and leans over. Yep, just as you expected, like pecking a dead fish. 

He resumes eating like nothings wrong. “Kook, you’re scaring me.” You mumble, “You’re acting weird.” 

“Huh?” Jungkook asks dumbly, glancing over at you before returning his focus to his plate. 

“You’re not clingy and cuddly like you normally are. And you just kissed me like a middle schooler.” You giggle. “What's wrong? Did I do something you didn’t like or were uncomfortable with?” 

You can almost see the internal debate in his head, seemingly fighting himself to say what he actually wants to. Not wanting to pry too much, you wait for him to eventually blurt it out. And he does blurt it all out at once, uncontrollably so. 

“Do you not like me?” He starts, your eyes widening slightly. “It’s just, you never want me to please you even a bit. And when I try you say next time, I'm tired and I don't want to do something you’re uncomfortable with. And I don’t want to force you into anything ever, so I'll respect it always. But I just want to know why? It’s okay if you don’t like me, I just feel bad that I'm the only one getting pleasure out of our relationship, situationship, friendship, whatever the hell you wanna call it..” 

“Kook, why would you think I don't like you?” You mumble, chest hurting. 

“It’s just, god this sounds so much like a drunk frat boy!” He exclaims, making you laugh. “Firstly, I don’t expect sex from you ever and am 100% okay if you don’t want it. I don't want it to sound like that’s what it is, that that’s all I want from you. Not having sex isn’t why i’m upset it just. Just….” 

“It’s okay Kook, I know what you mean. Go on.” 

“You just never get anything out of our interactions…in the bedroom.” His face flushes slightly, making you smile. “And I want to please you, I want to really bad. …and you also never want to be seen with me or go out and do stuff. And if we are seen together you pretend you don’t know who I am. I understand if you don’t like me because of the whole man eater Jimin-Taehyung fiasco, but I have to know now. Because I love you so much and I need to know if it’s unnecessary to continue-“

“…You love me?” You interrupt him. 

“I-I mean.” Jungkook stutters, avoiding your eye contact. “I mean we’ve been spending so much time together recently and I realized that I really do like you. And I mean love is just an extension of that so… I mean, yeah?” 

Jungkook can’t stand the shocked look on your face, staring at him. It may have been obvious to him, but it’s easy to see how you mixed up the interactions with the two of you playing the man eater hunter game. 

“Listen.” Jungkook sets his plate onto the coffee table. “Listen closely because I don't think I can repeat myself without dying of embarrassment. It starts with Taehyung telling me about the Namjoon man eater story of you in college. And it piqued my interest, and I always have to prove Tae wrong. So it did start like that, it did. But I met you and you were just so different than I thought, just so alluring and interesting. And I guess it changed then, and I was more interested in you rather than just the whole man eater debate. And the more we’ve been together, and the more you’ve made fun of me and threatened to stick your fingers in my coffee cup, the more I liked you.” Jungkook can’t stop blurting out, nervousness taking over his demeanor.

“Jungkook of BTS confessing his love for me, someone pinch me.” You dryly joke. 

“Y/nnnnn.” He complains, grabbing one of your folded legs and pulling it across his lap. It’s a nervous habit you assume, his hands trailing around and massaging the muscle. “You’re not making this easier for me.” 

“I do like you Kook, I really do. And it’s not that I don't want to be seen with you, it’s just that you’re so famous that it’s scary to have to face the media's reaction to it. I'm not embarrassed to be with you, it’s actually the opposite. I WISH we could go out in public and hug and kiss and carry on like idiots.” You laugh. “And the whole pleasing thing-“ You meet his eyes and it’s finally your turn to go bright red, embarrassed slightly. “Because of the whole bag the man eater fiasco, I've been afraid to actually give it to you. Because I'm scared that once you actually bag the man eater you’ll leave after getting your objective.” You explain, not exactly the most articulate but you don’t care. 

“I wish we met in different circumstances.” Jungkook complains, making you chuckle. He shuffles the two of you around, your legs wrapping around his waist as his hands come to hold you. “Y/n, I love you a lot. The past 5 days have been hell without you, I always wanna be around you.” He places kisses around your face as he talks, making you giggle. “Please be my girlfriend? I’ll get on my knees and beg if I gotta”

“While I’d love to see it, it’s not necessary. Of course kook, that might as well be a rhetorical question.” You smile, holding his face and pulling him into you. The smile on his face is huge, slotting your lips together. 

“FUCK YES.” He’s basically screaming, jumping off the couch and continuing to jump around the small apartment. If it was anyone other than Kook (and maybe Namjoon), you think you’d be annoyed. But watching him bounce around the living room all giddy makes your heart melt. “Me and my girlfriend.” He puts emphasis on the term, coming over to you and hoisting you off the couch. “Hold on, I'm texting the group chat.” 

By hold on, he meant literally hold onto him. The both of you laugh as you wrap your legs around his waist tighter, arms holding his shoulders. You peer over slightly, watching as his fingers aggressively type across the screen. You’re sure there’s numerous spelling errors that Jungkook doesn’t have the mind to care for currently. “Smile!” He mumbles, taking an extremely blurry selfie before sending it. 

You can only laugh as he continues to furiously type into the phone. “I’m gonna post it onto my Instagram!”

“No you are not!” You emphasize your point, reaching around and beginning to fight over possession of his phone. You’re at a disadvantage as you’re facing the wrong way and waving blindly with one hand. “Kook, I'll break up with you! I swear!” You threaten, watching as he finally concedes and hands over his phone to you. You smile, opening his camera to take another photo of the two of you. This time you place a kiss onto his cheek, taking the picture. 

“My close friend's story then?” Kook smiles, “I’ll let you decide if it’s the blurry one or the one you took.” He gently sets you down, making sure you’re fully on the ground before actually letting you go. 

“Fine, I guess the blurry one.” You’re plopping down on the couch with his phone in no time, searching for his Instagram app. “Who’s in your close friend's story?” You’re already clicking through the app to see his close friends before he has a chance to fully answer. 

“The members, the 97’ line, my tattoo artist, just people like that.” He shrugs. 

“...Your tattoo artist?”

“Hey, when he works on your arms for hours at a time you get pretty close!” Jungkook defends, plopping down next to you. His head rests on your shoulder, watching as you click on the blurry selfie to add to his story. It’s admittedly a cute photo, giant smiles on both of your faces. It’s blurry enough to hide details but not too blurry where it’s hard to make out the two of you. With a chuckle, you add #besties. “No, no, nope.” Jungkook is quick to delete the text.

“Okay fine.” You pretend to be annoyed, instead drawing on a cute pink heart. (It takes you multiple tries for it to look cute, Jungkook just watched silently.) “Cute.” You smile, clicking the close friend’s button. “If that picture gets out, we already have a list of suspects.”

“It won’t, trust me.” He smiles, wrapping his arms around you as he moves closer. He jokingly slaps his own phone out of your hands, fighting off the laugh as you stare at him with wide eyes. “Please let me make it public, please.” 

“Kook…” 

“I'll go talk to my company and do it officially and everything. I want to be able to go out on dates without annoying rumors, and hold hands, and kiss, and make fun of each other.” He babbles, “I want everyone to know I'm yours and see how happy you make me!”

“Even if your company puts out a statement or whatever, cameras will still follow us around when we go out.” 

“…Yeah, and then we kiss in front of them. Duh.” 

“People might hate you if you’re with me.” You sigh, beginning to play with his hair. 

“There’s nothing I want more than to be public with you. I don’t care about other people's opinions.” Jungkook sighs. “I really mean it, and if people get mad at me that’s their issue. They’re mad because I'm happy??” 

“Fine, but if people start throwing tomatoes at you on the street we have to fake a breakup.” You joke, watching as he picks up his head specifically to make sure you see his eye roll. 

“Never.” He smiles, resting his head on your chest once again. 

“Alright, you bagged the man eater. You know what comes next?” You wiggle your brows at him, leaning forward to place a kiss onto his forehead. 

“Nope!” He cuts you off, embarrassment and confusion all across your face. “Not yet, I want it to be natural. Not just Oh! You finally confessed so I guess we can fuck now!” Jungkook mocks your voice. 

“...Wow, so sweet. get away from me.” You laugh, beginning to fake push him away. “Your phone is also buzzing like crazy.” 

He picks it off the couch, looking at the notifications that flash across your screen. “My friends think we’re cute, and you’re pretty.” Embarrassment flushes across you again. “Let me take you out on a date tonight Y/n.” Jungkook smiles, pressing a kiss to your cheek. 

“Nope, you’re too popular.” You smile, reaching down to mess with him. You immediately start pinching his cheeks to bother him, pulling them so his teeth slightly show. “They’re gonna take pictures of us, and this time you’re gonna enjoy it too much.”

“Cmonnnn. Fine, if you want Namjoon and Yoongi are in the studio tonight. We can crash their producing songs party.” Jungkook smiles. “If you want we can wander around the company building and steal food from the kitchen.”

“...I would actually like that.” You can’t help but laugh, thinking of how stupid the two of you roaming around is. “If we ever break up, we gotta promise to not drag Namjoon into it.” You comment, holding out your pinky in front of his face. “Because it’ll hurt him too much if we make him pick sides.”

Jungkook slaps your hand away from his face. “It’s not a problem, because we won't break up. Ever.”

You can’t argue with him, a fond smile taking over your face. “I’m so glad I don't have to be nervous when we're intimate anymore.” You can’t help but laugh, playing with his hair. “And don’t have to keep telling you no at the end of everything, my poor pussy probably wanted to die every time. Completely blue balled her, constantly.” This makes both you and Jungkook burst out into laughter. 

“Wow, you really mean it?” Jungkook laughs, watching as you nod to answer him.

“Please let me make it public, please.” Jungkook doesn’t even have to look up from his spot to know what face you’re making. He’s already combating your complaints before you even have a chance to speak them out loud. “No, I don’t care about the public. No, I don’t care about the news articles. No, I don’t care about people being mad at me because I know real fans will be happy for me. No, the members won’t be mad. They’ll actually probably be happy for me. Any other questions?”

“What if your company tells you you’re not allowed to make it public?”

“They won’t.” Is all he says, shrugging it off. Jungkook places soft kisses onto your chest, slowly making his way up. You smile, watching as he pecks your lips. “I love you.” He pecks your lips once more. “I love you.” Jungkook kisses you once more, pulling back slightly to watch your reaction. 

“Love you too, Kook.” Smiling, you watch as his face lights up. Jungkook looks genuinely happy as he lays with you, your chest filling with fondness. 

Going to the building isn’t unfamiliar to you, as Namjoon and Yoongi have taken you to many late night music sessions. However, going to the building with Jungkook is unfamiliar. You easily follow along with Jungkook, knowing where both Yoongi and Joon’s studio is at. Once he takes a right, you know you’re heading to Namjoon’s studio.  

Jungkook’s about to knock when you punch in the door code, the lock clicking open before you’re grabbing the handle. “Joon!” You call, a giant smile spread across your face as you catch sight of him sitting by monitors. He’s spinning around in a second flat, (with a slight jump, you actually scared him.) 

Once his initial fright is over, he gets up to wrap you in a hug. “Y/n!” Joon giggles, giving you a very familiar hug as you beam at him. “And look who it is!” Namjoon booms, looking over your shoulder as he catches sight of Jungkook. “The talk of the town.” Joon continues, making you laugh as he releases you and reaches for Jungkook. Jungkook's face is turning red as Namjoon wraps him in a fake chokehold, beginning to ruffle his hair. 

While Joon continues to tease Kook, you greet Yoongi who’s watching the interaction on the couch. “See, I told you he liked you.” Yoongi whispers to you as you hug him. 

“We haven’t fucked yet, we’ll see how he feels after.” You whisper, joking. Once Namjoon is finally done teasing Jungkook, it’s Yoongi’s turn.

“Jeon!” Yoongi starts, making you cackle as you take his spot on the couch. “You better play nice, you hear me young man?” He grabs Kook by his arms, staring at him. His next line is a whisper, the only reason you can even hear it is because the entire studio is so quiet. “And you better not hurt her. I’ll break your figurines and lock you out of your studio.”

Jungkook’s face is bright red at this point, a giant smile on his face as he fights off his laughter. “Don’t plan on it, Yoongi.” Jungkook giggles. 

You all eventually settle down, you and Jungkook sprawled out on Joon’s couch while the other two are busy at work. Namjoon spins around every now and then to eye the two of you, making you laugh every time. It’s a comfortable atmosphere, your legs thrown over Kook’s lap as you lay back. Yoongi’s taken to calling you the love birds, each time makes you blush lightly. 

“Okay, we got one preview done. Wanna hear?” Joon smiles at you, watching as you scramble off the couch and over to the computer. Yoongi plops his headphones over your ears, making sure you can hear the audio. It’s a cute love song, a giant smile on your face. You absolutely love hearing unreleased music that the two of them make, it genuinely makes you feel close to the group. 

“I really like it, it’s dreamy.” You smile, handing the headphones over to Jungkook who stood behind you. He easily passes them over his head, leaning forward over your shoulder to avoid pulling the cord out. 

“It’s Jungkook’s song lyrics. Guess who it’s about?” Yoongi comments, glancing up at you. “Wrote the lyrics himself.” 

A hand is slapped over his mouth before he has a chance to continue. You and Jungkook stay by the monitors now, you sitting on a stool as Kook sits on a small table he’s dragged closer. The two of you watch closely as they work to finish the song. 

“You think Tae could come in?” Joon asks, glancing back at Kook. “He’s the only part we still need to record. If you could text him to just see if he feels up to it.”

You pretend to not hear, swallowing hard as Kook nods and texts him. Tae does come to record his part and stays to watch the two work much like you and kook. It’s an awkward atmosphere now, Taehyung still not knowing you were in Jungkook’s room the day he went on his man eater rant. Sitting on the stool, you do your best to avoid eye contact with the two youngest of the group. 

You suppose Kook notices, his arm coming to wrap around your waist. A small tug pulls on your lips, unable to fight it back completely. “And DONE!” Yoongi celebrates, making you immediately begin celebrating as you softly shake Joon who sits in front of you. 

“First listen, first full listen.” You beam, reaching in front of yoongi as you turn the speakers on. 

“First listen!” Joon smiles, turning the volume up slightly as he begins to play the song. 

The five of you listen closely, a giant smile on the faces you can see from your seat. While not confirmed, Yoongi’s fun fact almost makes you giddy at the thought of Jungkook writing a song about you. You congratulate the four of them, offering a small round of applause that Yoongi and Joon join. 

“First track down.” Kook smiles, climbing off the table he’s sitting on and stretching out. “Come on Y/n, imma teach you one of our choreographies.” 

“I don’t think that’s a good idea, I may die.” You joke, not having much options as Jungkook tugs on your elbow. Easily, you follow Jungkook to the door. 

“Wait, Kook. Can we talk to you for a sec?” Yoongi speaks up, by we, he means him and Joon. With a hard swallow, Jungkook nods yes. Thus, you and Tae stand outside of the studio awkwardly. 

“Your part was really pretty, I liked it.” You compliment him, not knowing what else there is to talk about between the two of you. 

“It was about you.” Tae mumbles. “Uh, not my part specifically. That’d make it weird between Kook and I. The whole song was for you, Kook wrote it.” Now you really have to fight the blush that spreads across your face. “He’s really happy now, with you.”

“Thank you, Tae.” You smile. “That makes me really happy as well.”

Eventually, Kook comes out of the studio. Him and Tae switch, Tae slipping back into the studio to hang out with Yoongi and Namjoon. “Me and Tae made amends.” You mumble as you and Kook walk to the practice room. 

“What is that supposed to mean?” Jungkook giggles, jokingly raising a brow at you. 

“He told me that you’re happy with me. I feel like that’s a step up from him telling you to just sleep with me and get it over with.” You hide the giant smile on your face from Kook. “Kook, I don't really wanna dance.” Your list of complaints begins. 

“Well what do you wanna do?” Jungkook genuinely asks, pushing open the door as he leads you into the practice room. He flicks on one set of lights, lighting up the room but not so much it’s hospital lighting. “We have the whole room to ourselves.” There’s a hint of mischief behind his tone, but you choose to ignore it. 

“Hmmm, you should perform My Time for me.” 

“Huh?”

“Is that not the song's name?” You laugh, running over to sit by the mirror. “I wanna see you dance My Time.”

“Why that one?” Jungkook raises a brow, already too aware of why. 

“Hm, no reason.” 

“You want the whole dance break and everything?” Jungkook smiles, pulling his phone out and beginning to search for the instrumental of his song. Your eager nod makes him smile harder, eventually finding it before sliding his phone across the floor to you. 

You’ve seen the choreography before, been at the performances where they filmed their online concert. It’s a performance for the books, truly. You watch with peeled eyes, not wanting to miss a single second of his performance all for you. Jungkook's shy at first, smiling through the lyrics as he avoids your eye contact. As he continues, he begins to loosen up, maintaining eye contact as he does the full moves. (Rather than half way like he was at first, almost as if he was marking rather than performing.) 

You realize he’s caught on when he comes closer to you, switching from knee to knee in front of you. You can’t help but beam as he rises back up, dragging a hand along his inner thigh before continuing the dance. The songs coming to an end, the cants finally turning into wills. Kook draws closer once more as he sings the final post-chorus, beginning the outro. Unknown to him, your face is bright red as he squeezes in between your legs, lips brushing dangerously across your ear as he sings “oh” over and over. Kook makes a conscious effort to sound whinier each time, voice slightly breathy in your ear. 

“Kook” 

“Not done yet.” He teases, continuing. The song ends, the instrumental beginning to repeat as he pulls away with a shit eating grin. “You like My Time?” Jungkook chuckles, hands wrapping around your thighs that rest by his waist. 

“You're lucky I didn’t get my hands on you back then, I would’ve fucked you in your black leather outfit.” You can’t help but laugh, pulling him closer to your body. “Leather pants, studded jacket, mesh leopard print top and all.” 

“Sounds like I'm unlucky, actually.” Jungkook smirks, leaning in to kiss you. Your lips meet with ease, well practiced at this point as they easily slide against one another. Jungkook's lips are always so soft, one hand finding the back of his neck to pull him closer. Your other hand finds his hip, pulling his body closer to yours. He quickly places one arm next to you on the floor, the other holding your waist. He pulls away with a small groan, making you question him. “We can't, not here. With my luck Joon would walk in, kill me immediately.” 

“I just wanna kiss you, nothing more.” You shrug, pulling him back in. As much as he wants to fight it, he can’t as he loses his thought process as your lips meet his. You pull away this time, having to catch your breath. “So hot, Kook. If you ever perform that privately for another girl I may kill you myself.” 

Your tone is clearly joking, your arms coming to wrap around his torso as you pull him to you, pecking his lips softly. “I'll be okay with that, a good way to go out.” He mumbles against your lips, finally connecting them fully after he finishes. this time he’s rougher, hands pulling you as close as possible as your chests press flush together. Your hand easily slips underneath his t-shirt, grazing along his muscle. 

“Hm?” You smile, “I thought you said not here. Looks like you’re getting worked up.” 

“I just love being so close.” Jungkook whines, pressing a hot kiss onto your jaw. You already know he’s going to trail down to your neck before he even does it. 

“I’ll let you fuck my face in your studio, but that’s about as far as i’ll go in your company building.” You can’t help but giggle, feeling as his head dips down into your shoulder. 

“God damn it.” He groans, “Now we gotta.” 

The two of you laugh as you climb off the floor, Jungkook’s feet carrying him much faster than yours as he drags you along. You can’t help but laugh through the company halls, Kooks grip tight around your wrist as you struggle to keep up. Your laughter makes him laugh as well, the two of you frantically running to his studio before you’re caught by staff. The door almost slams behind the two of you, making you laugh harder. 

“So much for being sneaky.” You smile, finding your place in his arms easily. “You think someone’s gonna come check on you?”

“Hopefully not.” Jungkook smiles down at you, kissing your forehead softly. 

Unconsciously, you smile into the kiss as you connect your lips with his. Kook leans down slightly to kiss you, pulling you close to his body. Your hands leave his torso, trailing down as you begin to unbuckle his belt. “We gotta be quick in case people start looking for you.” Kook nods at you, allowing you to do as you wish. “Do you wanna try something new?” You mumble against his neck, Jungkook eagerly nodding. “You trust me?” Once again, Jungkook eagerly nods. 

He’s left a little embarrassed as you pull out a condom from his wallet, pretending as if he definitely doesn’t carry it around just in case. Jungkook doesn’t notice you roll the condom onto your fingers, mind distracted by you. You finally begin, Jungkook watching with wide eyes as you kneel down. His hands rested at his side, making you smile as you reached up to grab them. “Tell me if you don’t like anything, yeah? Face fuck, Kook.” Placing his hands in your hair, you easily free him of his confines. 

“Holy shit.” He mumbles, gently pulling your head closer. It makes you smile, dragging your tongue along his cock as he gets used to being in control. “I can…uh…push and pull?” His voice is just barely above a whisper, staring down at you. Jungkook jumps slightly as he feels one of your hands reach under him, gently pressing against the area. Jungkook lets out a shaky breath, realizing what you were doing. 

“All you want.” Gently taking his head into your mouth, you know you’re in for it as he begins to gather your hair up in a ponytail. It's a new side of Kook you haven’t seen before, finally giving him control in the situation. Once he’s gathered all of your hair, a small moan is pulled from you as he slowly pushes you down onto his cock. 

“So good to me, I finally get to pull the strings.” Kook moans out loud, feeling your throat contract around him before pulling back. “So pretty with my cock in your mouth.” You can’t help but moan around him, his words going straight to your head. The next push is rougher, hands tightening around your hair. “Even more pretty with my cock in your throat.” 

You slowly slide a single finger into him, the small hiss you pull from him is pure sin, making you squeeze your thighs together. “Shit, fuck Y/n.” He moans, voice slightly broken as he chokes out the words. His hips rock slightly into your mouth, getting used to the new sensation. 

“You’re okay, relax bunny.” You coo, hollowing your cheeks to distract him. Curling the finger inside him, the whimper that Jungkook lets out shooters straight to your core. Jungkook finally relaxes, allowing himself to thrust into your throat without tensing too much. As he rocks back, he easily slides down the length of your finger. 

“Shit, shit. What was that?” Jungkook’s hips jolt, thigh muscle tensing underneath your palm. “Do that again, please.” He moans, loud and whiny as he sinks into your throat. You give him exactly what he wants, finding the specific spot inside of him and purposely targeting it. Pressing another finger in, Jungkook thinks he’s going to lose his mind. You’re relentless, viciously targeting the specific spot inside of him. The two fingers give you more strength, roughly fucking into him with no remorse. 

Your one hand digs into his muscle, searching for any source of stability besides Jungkook’s hands in your hair. Jungkook chases the feeling, fucking deep into your throat with each push. Your fingernails make small indents into the skin underneath, leaving small crescent marks. “Gonna start moving my hips harder, alright baby? Lemme know if it’s too much.” He waits until you give him a nod of approval, beginning to easily roll his hips into you. 

Jungkook's vocal, knowing his studio should be sound proof and if not, it’s the least of his worries currently. Moans and curses fall from his lips with each thrust, burying himself to the hilt each time. Pulling back, he easily slides back onto your fingers, roughly hitting the spot inside of him without fail. He was timid the first time you offered a blowjob, but he knows you can take it now. You fight your gag reflex, eyes watering each time your breathing is restricted. It makes your kind fuzzy, thighs pressed together tightly as you peer up to watch Kook. “Crying? My girl is crying?” He smirks, biting back the moan that threatens to overpower his words. Riling you up more, he reaches to wipe a stray tear. “Crying with spit dripping down your chin, so lewd.” He teases, roughly shoving your head down. 

Each thrust is rough, nose brushing his abdomen each time. You eventually find a breathing pattern that works, breathing in each time he pulls back to avoid choking. Your fingers also are relentless, each time Jungkook rocks back onto them you purposely grind your fingertips onto his prostate. “That's a girl.” Jungkook smirks, noticing your adapting to his movement. “So good, so tight and warm around me. Gonna cum soon.” 

Jungkook’s cock throbs in your throat each time you hold eye contact, hips slightly hurling forward to bury himself deeper each time. He relishes in the scene before him, you eagerly allowing him to fuck your face with tears and spit. Your eyes are shiny as you peer up at him, slight moans vibrating against him as he sinks into your throat. Your jaw is sore, but you’re 100% focused on not scraping him even in the slightest. “Gonna cum in your throat, take deep breaths now alright.” He smirks, watching as you follow his direction. Each time he pulls back you take deeper breaths than before. 

Your tongue is rougher against his head when he pulls back, fingers fucking into him harder than before, trying to get him there faster. It seems to work as his moans get even louder, hands pulling on your hair harder. “Gonna cum.” Jungkook whines, thrusting all the way into your throat. You whine around his length as he throbs against your tongue, grinding slightly as he rides out his high. “Fuck, feels so good. So tight.” He moans, your throat contracting around his head. 

Jungkook has never came harder in his life, legs feeling numb as your fingers fuck into him to help him ride out his orgasm. It feels like his mind goes blank, body shuttering as he full body cums. The way his thighs shake in your hold almost makes you give in to him, the urge to let Jungkook fuck you into next week at an all time high. 

Once he finally pulls away, you involuntarily gasp. “Holy shit kook.” You smile, wiping some drool before it has a chance to fall on your lap. You pull the condom off of your fingers, thanking god jungkook just so happened to have lubed condoms. “Didn’t know you had it in you.” 

“Right, right tissues.” He scrambled, yanking up his pants as he scurried over to the desk. It's admittedly a funny sight, but you fight the laughter away. Jungkook is crouched down in front of you in no time, wiping any spit and tears away with the box of tissues next to him. “I love you so much.” He mumbles, roughly pulling you closer to him as he tosses the tissues aside for now. Your lips meet with bruising force, feeling Kook gently bite at your lips. You return to gesture, sliding your tongue across his bottom lips before gently biting it. In no time, Jungkook’s hands are sliding underneath your shirt before there’s a chance to process everything. 

“Alright, alright!” You laugh, “I said face fuck was the furthest I'd go in the company building.” Your smile is huge, pecking his lips softly as you joke. 

“The members can never know about this, the studio part.” Kook mumbles against your lips, making you smile harder. “My ass!?” He almost whispers, making you laugh out loud. “Where did that come from? We gotta do that again sometime.”

“Well Einstein, I wasn't exactly planning to tell your members. Unless you were?” 

“Nope, never.” Jungkook states promptly, easily picking himself off the floor. He helps you up before grabbing the tissues and condom, smirking slightly as you rub your knees. Now that the two of you are done rushing, you’re actually able to look around Jungkook’s studio. It’s amazing how quickly the two of you can go from borderline fucking to domestic, something you love with Jungkook. 

“Kook, I thought we talked about this.” You begin, picking up a Widowmaker figure from his shelf. You’re joking in all aspects of the character, but the look on his face makes you nag him constantly. “Wow, young men these days. I think I should head out.” You pretend to overreact, smile tugging the corner of your lips the entire time. Jungkook knows, smiling like an idiot as you grab a random jacket off his chair and pretend to storm off outside. 

Jungkook lets you get right outside of the studio door before he chases after you, easily catching up and wrapping his arms around you. “No! Honey, I swear it’s not what it looks like.” He plays along, making you laugh before getting back into the fake drama you’re acting in. “I swear, you’re the one I love. Not her.” he states, carefully spinning you around to face him. 

“I just don’t think it’s going to work.” Almost tempted to fake cry, you can’t bring yourself to do it without bursting into laughter. “After all we’ve been through! you just go behind my back and cheat on me, with A…..A PURPLE WOMAN!!” 

“OH MY GODDDD.” The voice makes you jump, closing the distance between you and Jungkook as he holds your frame. Glancing down the hall, Joon is hunched over with his hands on both knees. “I thought you two were serious!” 

Kook and you absolutely lose it, cackling like crazy people as Kook claps his hands. Joon eventually stands back up, clutching his heart as he shuffles down the hall to you. “I’m leaving, I can't take this. You two get home safe, unbelievable.” He rambles as he walks past, making you and Kook laugh harder. “Thought I was gonna be in a lose lose situation.” Finally at the door, Namjoon shakes his head one last time, finally smiling at you both, before leaving. 

Once your laugh fit is finally concluded, Kook takes the initiative and begins the journey out of the building. Yoongi would likely stay a bit later, but besides that everyone else likely went home already. You naturally follow, Kook’s arm eventually resting on your shoulders as you walk beside him. “Can't believe Joon was eavesdropping.” Once in the elevator, you finally joke. 

“Yeah right? That was good timing.” He pulls you closer, leaning over to kiss your head. “I still wanna make us public, and put out a statement. But say the word and I won't.” 

“If you want to, then I want to too.'' The grin that overcomes you is unbeatable, glancing up to look at your boyfriend as you descend the floors. “We should just say you’re in a relationship though, I feel like saying my name is unnecessary.” 

“Anything for you.” Kooks smiles, fondness in his chest as he kisses your head once again. 

“Ugh, c'mon.” Jokingly pushing him away, you sprint out of the elevator doors as soon as they open. He chases, catching you quickly in his arms. “Okay okay enough mushy stuff.” You laugh, prying his arms from around you as staff begin to steal glances at the two of you. 

“Back to yours?” He smiles, interlocking your fingers and making his way to the garage. with a simple nod, the two of you are off. 

Arriving at your apartment, the two of you seem worn down as you hit the couch. Jungkook follows, laying on top of you as you rub his shoulders and back. A random tv show is put on the living room tv, lulling the both of you to sleep. “Kook, let’s go to bed.” Mumbling, you’re met with a half asleep hm? “Let’s go to my room, go to bed.” The reiteration sticks, the two of you shuffling into the comfortable embrace of your soft bed. 

“Night Y/n.” Jungkook hums, not needing much to pass out as he hits the pillow. 

“Night Kook, see you in the morning.” Your heart feels full, unbelievably so. When you first talked, you never in a million years thought you’d be here with Kook, your boy, your bun. A lot has changed, but Jungkook hasn’t shown one second of dislike for you, always the opposite. Before you finally succumb to sleep, you mumble the last thing on your mind. “Love you, Jungkook.” 

______

Jungkook's draped all over you as your eyes pull themselves open, likely tangling together all throughout the night. A leg is thrown over both yours, an arm underneath your head, and the both behind your back holding you close. His head is tilted up slightly and you can only assume his chin tested on your head at some point throughout the night. 

“Kook, it’s late.” You grumble, already one in the afternoon. You can't remember if he works today or not, not sure if he even mentioned it. “Kook if you have work you gotta get up.” Resorting to the usual method, aggressive shakes are the only option as he begins to open his eyes. “Do you have work?” 

“No, all day off.” He mumbles, closing his eyes and shuffling to be closer to you. 

“Wow, two days off! That's a new record.” Joking, you also close your eyes.

“Two days spent with my girl.” Jungkook hums, kissing your face. Eventually making his way to your lips, he places a deep kiss before you have the chance to tease him more. The both of you are still half asleep, instinctively pulling one another closer as you reciprocate Kook's actions. He easily pushes himself up onto one elbow, hovering over you slightly. 

You can't help the small groan that falls from you, pulling Jungkook's arm slightly to encourage him to move over some more. You can feel him smirk into the kiss, shuffling in between your legs and gently pulling your legs up around his waist. “Want you close, Kook.” You mumble, pulling his waist closer to you as he leans down. 

“I’m about as close as I can be.” Jungkook chuckles softly, connecting your lips gently and interlocking your fingers. The kiss and slow and gentle, hips beginning to gently grind together. Small hums and groans fill your room occasionally, the two of you holding one another as close as possible. Unlinking your fingers, you reach down and easily tug on the edge of his t-shirt, easily pulling it off over his head. Jungkook’s hesitant at first, not immediately going for your shirt. You encourage him, placing one of his hands on the bottom of your shirt. 

The shirt is shed in no time, tossed somewhere in the room. Your hands immediately meet his torso, pulling him close as your chests press together. His weight is comforting on top of you, humming as your torsos are flush together. “Wait, before you get too excited I have a present for you.”

“That’s scary.” Jungkook chuckles, leaning back as you sit up, fishing around your bedside drawer. Plopping back down, you present your so-called present. “Cock ring!”

“God damn it.” He sighs, making you burst out into laughter. “First my ass and now a cock ring.”

“You’ll cum too fast without it.” You laugh, tugging at his shorts. He side-eyes your statement but doesn’t ask about it any further, helping as he pulls his shorts down. “Don’t get hard, think about dead puppies.”

“Wow, really setting the mood.” Kook rolls his eyes, making you stifle your laughter as you slide it over him. 

“If it hurts too much, let me know. But I got the biggest size for you.” You shrug, gently dragging a fist along his length. “Have you tried one before?” He shakes his head no, eyes slightly shut. “It might feel odd then for you, but it shouldn’t be like excruciating pain.” You lick your hand, stoking him slightly rougher to get him hard. “Feel alright?”

“It’s okay.” Jungkook lets out a small pant, head falling slightly into your shoulder. A smile overtakes your face as you snap his shorts back up against his hip. 

“Kook,” you hum, taking one of his hands and placing it on the band of your sweatpants. He gets the message immediately, almost ripping them off your legs as you lay back down onto the bed. “Wow, excited?”

“Unbelievably so.” Jungkook nods, making you smile as he tosses the sweatpants off of the bed. Your face is bright red as he sits back on his heels, soaking in the sight of you laying in front of him. “So beautiful, y/n.”

“Stop, you’re making me nervous.” You laugh, trying to get him to kiss you again. 

“I gotta take it all in, this is a first.” He genuinely does bathe in the sight, cock straining against its confines. Besides being in the shower together,  this is the most exposed he’s seen you. For once, you’re more undressed than he is. “So pretty just for me.”

“Just for you Kook, always.” You smile, sitting up and placing a soft kiss onto his chest. Slipping your fingers underneath the waistband of his shorts, you easily slide them down. “Alright bun, you get to have the control now.” Laying back down, his face is almost ghastly pale. Your heart beats a bit erratically in your chest, a hint of nervousness in your demeanor. Shoving it aside, you reassure yourself that Jungkook made it extremely clear it’s not like that. 

“Don’t tell me that, I might cum in my boxers.” Jungkook laughs, placing his arms on either side of you as he holds himself up. “Love you, so unbelievably much.” He mumbles softly, holding eye contact for longer than necessary. “I want you to feel that I love you, and not be nervous.” 

“I’m not nervous-“ 

“It’s okay, Y/n.” He cuts you off, gently placing a kiss onto your forehead. “I know, I know how it seems. But I really do love you, have for a while. Let me know if you ever want to stop and we will.” Jungkook reassures you, gently kissing you and making sure you reciprocate it. Of course, you do, pulling him close to your body as your legs rest on his waist. You’re able to quickly realize that while he has the control, it’s still going to take him a bit adjusting before he gets rough and nasty with you. It's clear in his demeanor that he wants to please you, likely leaving edging, punishment, and filthy language for another time. 

He kisses you so soft and slow, hands holding you as if you’d break in them. Jungkook's hands roam your body slowly, warm palms leaving goosebumps in their wake. He gets to your knee before trailing all the way back up, this time stopping at your bra. Technically you handed over the control, but the pop of your band open makes you gasp slightly. “What? I have the control , remember?” He smiles, talking against your skin. 

The teasing tone riles you up, thighs squeezing his waist between them. Jungkook's lips leave yours, placing soft kisses along your skin as he makes his way down. Your hands find his hair in no time, lips easily meeting the soft skin of your chest. “Gonna mark me up this time Kook?” Now it’s your turn to tease as he glances up, raising a brow.

“Of course, baby.” He smirks, leaving a dark mark on your skin. “I'm gonna do a lot more than that though, if I have my way.” His tone is playful yet oddly seductive, making your legs tighten. A flick across your nipple snaps you out of your thoughts, pulling a groan as he gently bites down. A small smirk tugs at the corner of his lips as he swirls his tongue, moving on to give the other the same treatment. 

It feels like you can finally breathe again when he pulls back, but it’s short lived. Jungkook trails kisses down to your hips, determined to leave a mark on your hip. “You can always tell me to stop.” He reminds you, pushing himself up as he sits back on his heels. Involuntarily, the entirety of your face is consumed in a blush as he examines you, his hands teasingly rubbing along your thighs. “Fuck, Y/n. Can’t believe you look this good and you’ve been hiding from me.” It makes you smile. 

“Yeah, whatever. Soak it up, Kook.” Is the best you can muster together as his eyes burn holes in your skin. 

“I will, I am.” Jungkook cheekily adds, his hands roam, squeezing, holding and kneading any bit of flesh he can touch. 

Slowly, Jungkook lays down onto his torso, peering up at you with a shit eating grin. You don’t have anything in you to tell him off for it, watching each move with attentive eyes. He does a thorough job of teasing, nipping, sucking and biting your inner thighs. You’re almost whining, each contact not enough as your hips threaten to grind against him. You’re sure he notices, his grin growing. 

Finally, a delicate kiss is placed on your core through the thin fabric of your panties. The next one is the exact same, and the one after. 

“…Kook.”

“What?” Jungkook smirks, continuing his actions without paying you much mind. “Too slow for you?” He asks, clearly having no intentions of speeding up as the next kiss is almost ghostly on your skin. 

“Please, I need it badly. It hurts.” You whine, watching as he continues his usual pace. “Jungkook, please I want it bad.” You can’t help but whine, hands tugging on his soft hair. You accidentally pull his head closer. 

“So fucking whiny.” He groans, against your core, wrapping his arms around your thighs and pulling you closer to his face. “Soaking wet, all because of me.” He teases, eating you out through the fabric. “Haven’t even touched your bare pussy and you’re shaking around me.” 

Jungkook easily pulls out soft moans from you, your hands finding their purchase on the bed sheets. Your eyes drift close as you focus on the feeling, thighs shaking in his grip. “Mmm, just intrigued.” You make up an excuse, hearing a soft scoff from him. 

You can feel him pull away, softly dragging a finger pad along your clit. Your panties are soaked all the way through, easily sticking to your folds. Truly, you’d be more embarrassed if Jungkook wasn’t looking at you like the most attractive woman in the world. His eyes are dark and slightly hooded as he hears you moan due to his actions, fixated on every sound you make and every reaction your body gives him. 

“Jungkook can you please just…get on with it.” You whine as he continues to slowly rub circles on your clit through your panties, making you restless. He pretends to think about it, placing a soft kiss directly onto your clit. “Koookkk.”

“What Y/n?” Jungkook smiles, “You gotta be really specific, tell me what you want.”

“I want you to touch me-”

“I am.” He smirks, rubbing your thighs with the palm of his hands. 

Your face blushes a deep red, realizing what he wants. “Bun, please eat me out until I cum, please. I need it, I want it.” You beg, grinding slightly against his fingers. 

“There’s my good girl.” Kook hums, hooking his fingers underneath the band of your panties. It feels agonizing slow as he takes them off, cheeks deep red as they hit the floor. “Begging to cum like my good little slut.” He mumbles, catching you slightly off guard, a small moan falling from you. 

Jungkook looks like a kid in a candy store, long, firm licks across your core. You can’t help but clench around nothing, thighs threatening to clamp down around Jungkook’s head. A moan escapes you as he peers up with eager eyes, your head immediately falling back into the pillows underneath you. You’re just now understanding Kook’s inability to maintain eye contact with you when you give him head, the visual overwhelming. 

“Feels so good Kook, so good to me.” You can’t help but whimper, a loud moan spilling from you as you feel his finger easily slide into you. Your breath hitches in your throat as he easily gives you pleasure, brushing against your g-spot with almost no struggle. He’s able to easily find a rhythm that works, finding what gives him the biggest reaction and not stopping. Slipping in another finger, he easily targets your g-spot as he continues to focus on your clit with his tongue, eager eyes continuing to stare at your reactions. Loud moans fill the room, shocks shooting through your body with increasing pleasure. 

“I'll never fit if you tighten up this much.” Kook teases, slowing his ministrations as he feels you clenched around his fingers. Without giving you much time to recover, he quickly continues his actions.

“Please let me cum, bun. Please.” You whine, beginning to rock gently against his face. There’s a gleam in his eye, allowing you to grind against his face. Jungkook takes you there with little effort, seemingly knowing your body as if he’d studied it. He seemingly knows what you like and what you don't, pleasure racking through your body. “Gonna cum, please. Bun, need it bad.”

“Cum, baby. Cum on my mouth.” He groans against you, easily pulling a moan from you. You cum hard, hands making fists in his hair as your legs shake slightly around his head. Jungkook groans into you as you pull on his hair, making you cum harder. Jungkook doesn’t slow after you cum, continuing the pace. 

“Kook, wait.” You whimper, pulling his hair. “It’s too much kook.” 

“Want one more. You gonna cum again for me?” He mumbles, never pulling his head far back. Pushing your head into the pillows, you can't stop shaking as you cum again. He slows this time, riding you through it thoroughly before pulling back. Kook’s lips easily find yours, interlocking your fingers against the bed. “So good for me, came so hard for me.” He mumbles softly, pulling your arms above your head as he deepens the kiss. 

“I want you to fuck me.” You almost blurt, a bit out of place. Jungkook’s face makes you laugh softly. “Wanna cum around your cock, bun.”

“Y/n, we don’t have to. I’m happy-”

“Kook, fuck me.” You interrupt him, gently breaking free of his hold as you pull him toward you. Your hands easily find his hair, tugging softly on his hair as you kiss him. “I have lube in the drawer.”

“Do you have condoms?”

“No, but it’s okay.” The look on his face is once again priceless. He’s almost jumping at your bedside table, slinging the top drawer open in record speed. You giggle as the contents slam against the front from the momentum, Jungkook quickly fishing them out. You’re in trouble as he pulls out the bottle, along with your vibrator. 

“Oh?” He smirks, returning to his spot as he rests back in his heels. He’s straining painfully hard against his boxers, easily tossing them aside. The sight makes you whine, pressing your thighs together as he purposely takes his time applying the lube. With a gentle slap to your inner thigh, he encourages your legs to open once again. 

“Bun, just be gentle at first, please.” 

“Of course, baby.” He nods, shuffling slightly closer. He’s once again teasing as he slowly rubs his cock against your folds, each brush against your clit makes you moan. Gently pushing his head in, he’s extremely observant of your reaction. “Relax baby, it’s okay.” Jungkook’s gentle voice meets your ears, hands comforting rubbing along your skin. His hips gently rock as you accommodate, waiting for a nod before sliding in deeper. It’s a slow process, Jungkook's mind reeling as you fall apart because of him. 

With a loud whine, Jungkook’s hips finally meet yours, fully seated inside of you. You already feel on edge, wondering how Jungkook has such a hold over you. “Kook, wait, wait.” You can’t help but clench around him, Jungkook leaning forward as he hugs you close to him. “Hurts, but feels good.” You whimper against his lips, “So deep kook.” You moan, encouraging him to gently grind his hips into you. 

Jungkook is losing his mind, keeping it together for your sake. He’s determined to please you as much as you’ll possibly let him, trying hard (and failing) to not think too hard about you wrapped around him. Kissing you as if his life depends on it, he moans softly as your nails drag along his back.  He’s sure there are marks left behind, a groan being pulled from him from the pain. “Wanna cum like this, bun.” you whine, clenching around him as his abdomen also grinds against your clit. 

“I’m barely even moving, baby. Already falling apart, so so good to me.” Jungkook teases lightly, pushing himself up onto his hands to watch your expressions. His chest tightens as you blush at him, a fond smile overtaking his face. “Cum as much as you want baby, wanna feel you cum on my cock.” Jungkook smiles, continuing his pace as you seem to like it, nails digging harder into his shoulders. 

“Cumming…” A loud whine fills the room, legs shaking around Jungkook's waist as you tighten around him. Your mind feels fuzzy, grinding against him as you ride out your high, Jungkook continuing until you begin to twitch especially hard. Stilling inside you, he returns to hold you close, kissing you gently as you come down from your high. “I love you, Jungkook.” You almost whisper against his lips, running your palms along the textured marks from your nails. 

“I love you too, Y/n.” He mumbles back, slowly leaning back onto his heels. You can feel him throb inside of you, reminding you of his situation. 

“Didn’t cum yet?” You giggle, leaning forward to run your fingers along his abs. His chest is flushed pink, golden skin glowing in the sunlight flooding into your room. The tattoos along his arms pop, piercings shining brightly in the sunlight as well. As Jungkook's palms hold your legs carefully, almost lovingly, you unconsciously clench around him. 

“Don't do that.” Jungkook huffs, making you smile. “Can’t cum as easily thanks to your little surprise present.” There’s a glint in his eyes as he easily lifts your legs, encouraging you to fold slightly, slipping deeper into you. 

You’re caught off guard as he slides out, thrusting into you in one swift motion. Your breath almost gets caught in your throat, a loud moan mixing with Jungkook’s own whine. The smirk on his face makes your core throb as he continues thrusting into you, snapping his hips slightly as he bottoms out. He easily places your legs onto his arms, watching every reaction and changing his movement accordingly. “Fuck Kook, good, it feels good.”  You moan and whine, grinding your hips together each time he bottoms out. 

Both hands remain at your sides on the bed, holding himself up as he fucks into you. Your faces stay unbelievably close as he folds you in half, noses brushing against each other’s every so often. It makes you clench around him as you both moan into each other’s mouth, not quite a kiss but lips brushing together. “I love seeing you like this, making such sweet sounds for me.” Jungkook groans, balancing on one hand as the other shoves itself between your bodies. It’s too late to protest when you realize what he’s doing, the vibration making your swollen clit ache more. “My sweet girl, so overwhelmed and pretty.” 

Your skin burns hot, every touch Jungkook gives feeling intensified as you try to focus on one at a time. You feel drunk, mind fuzzy as he rubs against your g-spot almost every thrust, bolts shooting throughout your body as your toes curl. Peeling your eyes open, tears absentmindedly stream down the sides of your face. “Sweetheart? Too much?” Jungkook slows, moving his head to get you to make eye contact with him. 

“No, no, don't stop. Just feels really good.” You reassure him, hands coming to wrap around his torso, holding his shoulders as your nails find purchase in his skin. Jungkook lets out light pants, eyes screwing shut as he tries his hardest to ignore how hard you’re wrapped around him. 

Slowly, Jungkook peels back, no longer hovering over you as he fucks into your heat. The new position makes you mewl, toes curling. Jungkook also has a much better view from this angle, applying more pressure with the vibrator. Your hips unintentionally buck against him, body still extremely sensitive from your previous orgasms. Jungkook snaps his hips harder, body rocking with each movement. 

“Dirty girl, taking my cock so well, like you were made for me. So fucked out you can’t even think.” Jungkook almost coos at you, making you whine as his movements become rougher. “You should fuckin see it, Y/n. So fuckin tight around me.” Your stomach tightens, Jungkook's words make you gush around his length. The next moan, Jungkook is sliding his thumb  against your tongue, a giant smirk across his face as you suck the digits. “Good girl.” Jungkook smirks, sliding his finger out, a string of saliva connecting it with your bottom lip. He easily replaces the vibrator with his thumb, using the saliva as lubricant as he rubs tight circles against your clit. 

“Kook, close.” you whimper, hands creating fists against the bedsheets. You’re sure Jungkook is covered in your cum, the faint sound of wet slapping filling your ears when you focus closely. Jungkook doesn’t seem to care, small groans falling from his lips when you tighten around him. 

“Go ahead baby, make a mess for me.” Jungkook smiles, continuing the same movements to ensure he doesn’t lose the spot. “Cum all over my cock, wanna feel you around me again.” He spurs you on, making you whimper. 

When you cum this time, it's unbelievably hard as you wrap around him hard. Jungkook slows his movement, almost unable to push into you. Your legs shake in Jungkook's arms, his palms comfortingly rubbing along your thighs in an attempt to soothe you. Your eyes screw shut tightly as you ride it out, head burying itself in the pillows. 

“Holy shit, that was so fucking hot.” Jungkook speaks softly, leaning down just enough to place a soft kiss on your cheek. Finally getting your bearings, a small chuckle falls from you as you softly place a kiss onto his lips. 

“I want you to cum with me.” You mumble against his lips, purposely clenching around him to emphasize your point. “I think it’ll be harder but you should be able to cum even with my present on.” You giggle, sitting up as Jungkook carefully pulls out. Maneuvering yourself up onto shaky legs, you smile as Jungkook carefully watches. His arms extend to either side of your body, ready to catch you if you topple over. It’s a fair precaution, considering how badly your legs shake with your weight on them. 

Jungkook watches as you maneuver around, facing your back to him. He’s slightly confused, finally understanding when you place your hands down. “You’re going to be the death of me.” Kook groans, watching as your arms fold, ass sticking up into the air. Your back is arched, jokingly wiggling your ass as you spur him on. 

He gives in, hands gently slapping the flesh underneath him as he moves closer. It makes you whimper softly, Jungkook quickly getting the message as he places a harder slap against your skin. He’s quick to rub the reddening handprint, a loud moan muffled by your pillow. Jungkook could cum on the spot, placing a couple more slaps just to redden the skin underneath his palms. “All cock drunk and whiny, like my own little slut.” Jungkook almost mumbles to himself, barely loud enough for you to hear. 

His words alone are enough to make you shutter, a small mewl threatening to escape from your throat. Feeling his thighs against the back of yours, you can't help the small whine of Jungkook's name that falls past your throat, begging for him. “Oh I know, honey, I know.” Jungkook coos, almost teasingly as he takes as much time as possible to line himself up. Kook pushes in slowly, purposely moving at a snail's pace as he listens to your whines and complaints. “Shhh, shhh. Do you feel how fucking tight you’re wrapped around me? So fucking warm, so fucking wet, pulling me in, y/n.” He hums to you, smiling at your legs shaking as he bottoms out. 

“So big, so full.” You call back, mind fuzzy as you fight to form full, comprehensive sentences. 

“Am I fucking you stupid, hm? Are you my stupid girl?” Jungkook continues teasing, leaning over and pulling you up slightly so his chest is flush with your back. “My dumb slut, hm? So overwhelmed, so desperate to cum.” He coos into your ear, one hand gently finding its place around your throat as he holds you against him. Jungkook hips are firmly pressed into the soft flesh of your ass, body's as close as physically possible. 

“Yes, your stupid girl.” You almost babble, peering over your shoulder to catch a glimpse of Jungkook’s face. “Your dumb slut.” His cheeks are flushed, eyes hooded as his eyes fill with lust. You’re likely not much better, cheeks likely flushed, lips bitten bright red, tear streaks slightly visible down your cheeks. Yeah, you’re definitely not doing better. “Bun, cum in me. Please, I want it, I need it.” 

You finally get a true whimper from him, words shooting straight to his dick as you wrap around him. “Anything for you, y/n. Always.” He mumbles softly, leaning forward the slightest bit more to kiss you. You’re in for it as he peels back, hands finding purchase on your waist as he begins rocking his hips. “So fucking perfect.” He mumbles, definitely to himself as you just barely catch it. 

Jungkook’s whines finally match yours, his staved off orgasms finally catching up to him. Kook’s hips snap into yours hard, leaving the skin underneath a soft pink. “Kook, need a little more.” You whine, frustration building as you become desperate to cum with him. “Wanna cum with you.” You whine, glancing back to catch the slightest glimpse. 

“I got you, just relax baby. Just feel for a sec, yeah?” Jungkook easily calms your nerves, easing your frustration. “Buns got you.” An arm sneaks around, easily finding your swollen clit as he rubs tight circles into the bead. 

Doing your absolute best, you try not to fight it, focusing on all of the sensations that Jungkook so graciously lends you. Your hands absentmindedly find your nipple, adding one more sensation that finally sends you over the edge. “Fuck!” You whimper, orgasm wracking over your entire body as you shove your face into the sheets. “Kook, cum please. Cum in me.”

Jungkook’s moan cracks in the middle of it, hips stuttering as he buries himself as much as possible. You force him to ride it out, rocking your hips back into him. Your body feels weak, Jungkook’s hands wrapping around your waist to stop your movement. “Cock ring always from now on.” Jungkook almost pants, slumping down against your back. His weight, along with your legs shaking for the past 2 rounds, make you immediately fall onto the bed. Kook lands on top of you with a small huff, not expecting it. 

Jungkook almost scurries off of you, forgetting how many times you came. “God, Kook.” You whine, willing your sore body to roll over onto your back. You can only offer him a lazy smile, completely worn out. 

“I love you.” Jungkook immediately says as you smile at him, the fond feeling blooming in his chest more than ever. 

“Can you…get tissues. Then come and lay on me.” Giggling, Jungkook immediately follows, cleaning you up as gently as possible. After, he leans off the bed, holding onto your ankle to let you know he’s still close by. “Wanna kiss you.” You don’t have to ask him twice, you never have. He immediately gives into you, slotting your lips together with ease. His weight helps ground you, holding each other close. 

“You okay?” Jungkook mumbles against your skin, trailing kisses over to your neck. 

“More than okay, Jungkook. I love you so much.” 

“I’ve loved you since you left me in that small-ass bathroom.” Jungkook jokes, pulling a hearty laugh from the both of you. “Completely blue-balled me.” Once again, you laugh out loud at the stupid comment.

Your heart is full, chest feeling tight as you peer at him. Your Jungkook of BTS, your bun, your Kook, your Jeon Jeongguk, Your everything all in one. All yours, always.

#jungkook #jungkook smut #bts jungkook smut #sub jungkook #soft dom jungkook #jungkook x reader #namjoon #bts rm #kim namjoon #jeon jeongguk #jeon jungkook #bts jin #jin #bts suga #suga #yoongi #bts jhope #jhope #bts jimin #jimin #bts taehyung #taehyung #bts #bts scenarios #jungkook fic #bangtan #bangtan imagine #bts fanfction #bts smut #man eater